oasis

Key Management Interoperability Protocol Specification Version 1.3

Committee Specification Draft 01 /
Public Review Draft 01

03 December 2015

Specification URIs

This version:

http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.3/csprd01/kmip-spec-v1.3-csprd01.docx (Authoritative)

http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.3/csprd01/kmip-spec-v1.3-csprd01.html

http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.3/csprd01/kmip-spec-v1.3-csprd01.pdf

Previous version:

N/A

Latest version:

http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.3/kmip-spec-v1.3.docx (Authoritative)

http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.3/kmip-spec-v1.3.html

http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.3/kmip-spec-v1.3.pdf

Technical Committee:

OASIS Key Management Interoperability Protocol (KMIP) TC

Chairs:

Tony Cox (tony.cox@cryptsoft.com), Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Saikat Saha (saikat.saha@oracle.com), Oracle

Editors:

Kiran Thota (kthota@vmware.com), VMware, Inc.

Tony Cox (tony.cox@cryptsoft.com), Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Related work:

This specification replaces or supersedes:

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Specification Version 1.0. Edited by Robert Haas and Indra Fitzgerald. 01 October 2010. OASIS Standard. http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.0/os/kmip-spec-1.0-os.html.

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Specification Version 1.1. Edited by Robert Haas and Indra Fitzgerald. 24 January 2013. OASIS Standard. http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.1/os/kmip-spec-v1.1-os.html.

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Specification Version 1.2. Edited by Kiran Thota and Kelley Burgin. 19 May 2015. OASIS Standard. http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.2/os/kmip-spec-v1.2-os.html.

This specification is related to:

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Profiles Version 1.3. Edited by Tim Hudson and Robert Lockhart. Work in progress. To be published at: http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/profiles/v1.3/kmip-profiles-v1.3.html.

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Test Cases Version 1.3. Edited by Tim Hudson. Work in progress. To be published at: http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/testcases/v1.3/kmip-testcases-v1.3.html.

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Use Cases Version 1.3. Edited by Saikat Saha. Work in progress. To be published at: http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/usecases/v1.3/kmip-usecases-v1.3.html.

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Usage Guide Version 1.3. Edited by Judy Furlong. Latest version: http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/ug/v1.3/kmip-ug-v1.3.html.

Abstract:

This document is intended for developers and architects who wish to design systems and applications that interoperate using the Key Management Interoperability Protocol Specification.

Status:

This document was last revised or approved by the OASIS Key Management Interoperability Protocol (KMIP) TC on the above date. The level of approval is also listed above. Check the “Latest version” location noted above for possible later revisions of this document. Any other numbered Versions and other technical work produced by the Technical Committee (TC) are listed at https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/tc_home.php?wg_abbrev=kmip#technical.

TC members should send comments on this specification to the TC’s email list. Others should send comments to the TC’s public comment list, after subscribing to it by following the instructions at the “Send A Comment” button on the TC’s web page at https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/kmip/.

For information on whether any patents have been disclosed that may be essential to implementing this specification, and any offers of patent licensing terms, please refer to the Intellectual Property Rights section of the TC’s web page (https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/kmip/ipr.php).

Citation format:

When referencing this specification the following citation format should be used:

[kmip-spec-v1.3]

Key Management Interoperability Protocol Specification Version 1.3. Edited by Kiran Thota and Tony Cox. 03 December 2015. OASIS Committee Specification Draft 01 / Public Review Draft 01. http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.3/csprd01/kmip-spec-v1.3-csprd01.html. Latest version: http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/spec/v1.3/kmip-spec-v1.3.html.

 

Notices

Copyright © OASIS Open 2015. All Rights Reserved.

All capitalized terms in the following text have the meanings assigned to them in the OASIS Intellectual Property Rights Policy (the "OASIS IPR Policy"). The full Policy may be found at the OASIS website.

This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published, and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this section are included on all such copies and derivative works. However, this document itself may not be modified in any way, including by removing the copyright notice or references to OASIS, except as needed for the purpose of developing any document or deliverable produced by an OASIS Technical Committee (in which case the rules applicable to copyrights, as set forth in the OASIS IPR Policy, must be followed) or as required to translate it into languages other than English.

The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be revoked by OASIS or its successors or assigns.

This document and the information contained herein is provided on an "AS IS" basis and OASIS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY OWNERSHIP RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

OASIS requests that any OASIS Party or any other party that believes it has patent claims that would necessarily be infringed by implementations of this OASIS Committee Specification or OASIS Standard, to notify OASIS TC Administrator and provide an indication of its willingness to grant patent licenses to such patent claims in a manner consistent with the IPR Mode of the OASIS Technical Committee that produced this specification.

OASIS invites any party to contact the OASIS TC Administrator if it is aware of a claim of ownership of any patent claims that would necessarily be infringed by implementations of this specification by a patent holder that is not willing to provide a license to such patent claims in a manner consistent with the IPR Mode of the OASIS Technical Committee that produced this specification. OASIS may include such claims on its website, but disclaims any obligation to do so.

OASIS takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any intellectual property or other rights that might be claimed to pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in this document or the extent to which any license under such rights might or might not be available; neither does it represent that it has made any effort to identify any such rights. Information on OASIS' procedures with respect to rights in any document or deliverable produced by an OASIS Technical Committee can be found on the OASIS website. Copies of claims of rights made available for publication and any assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this OASIS Committee Specification or OASIS Standard, can be obtained from the OASIS TC Administrator. OASIS makes no representation that any information or list of intellectual property rights will at any time be complete, or that any claims in such list are, in fact, Essential Claims.

The name "OASIS" is a trademark of OASIS, the owner and developer of this specification, and should be used only to refer to the organization and its official outputs. OASIS welcomes reference to, and implementation and use of, specifications, while reserving the right to enforce its marks against misleading uses. Please see https://www.oasis-open.org/policies-guidelines/trademark for above guidance.

Table of Contents

1        Introduction. 11

1.1 Terminology. 11

1.2 Normative References. 14

1.3 Non-Normative References. 17

2        Objects. 18

2.1 Base Objects. 18

2.1.1 Attribute. 18

2.1.2 Credential 19

2.1.3 Key Block. 20

2.1.4 Key Value. 21

2.1.5 Key Wrapping Data. 22

2.1.6 Key Wrapping Specification. 24

2.1.7 Transparent Key Structures. 24

2.1.7.1 Transparent Symmetric Key. 25

2.1.7.2 Transparent DSA Private Key. 26

2.1.7.3 Transparent DSA Public Key. 26

2.1.7.4 Transparent RSA Private Key. 26

2.1.7.5 Transparent RSA Public Key. 27

2.1.7.6 Transparent DH Private Key. 27

2.1.7.7 Transparent DH Public Key. 27

2.1.7.8 Transparent ECDSA Private Key. 28

2.1.7.9 Transparent ECDSA Public Key. 28

2.1.7.10 Transparent ECDH Private Key. 28

2.1.7.11 Transparent ECDH Public Key. 29

2.1.7.12 Transparent ECMQV Private Key. 29

2.1.7.13 Transparent ECMQV Public Key. 29

2.1.7.14 Transparent EC Private Key. 30

2.1.7.15 Transparent EC Public Key. 30

2.1.8 Template-Attribute Structures. 30

2.1.9 Extension Information. 31

2.1.10 Data. 31

2.1.11 Data Length. 31

2.1.12 Signature Data. 31

2.1.13 MAC Data. 32

2.1.14 Nonce. 32

2.1.15 Correlation Value. 32

2.1.16 Init Indicator 32

2.1.17 Final Indicator 33

2.1.18 RNG Parameters. 33

2.1.19 Profile Information. 33

2.1.20 Validation Information. 34

2.1.21 Capability Information. 34

2.2 Managed Objects. 35

2.2.1 Certificate. 35

2.2.2 Symmetric Key. 35

2.2.3 Public Key. 36

2.2.4 Private Key. 36

2.2.5 Split Key. 36

2.2.6 Template. 37

2.2.7 Secret Data. 38

2.2.8 Opaque Object 38

2.2.9 PGP Key. 38

3        Attributes. 39

3.1 Unique Identifier 40

3.2 Name. 41

3.3 Object Type. 41

3.4 Cryptographic Algorithm.. 42

3.5 Cryptographic Length. 42

3.6 Cryptographic Parameters. 43

3.7 Cryptographic Domain Parameters. 45

3.8 Certificate Type. 46

3.9 Certificate Length. 46

3.10 X.509 Certificate Identifier 47

3.11 X.509 Certificate Subject 47

3.12 X.509 Certificate Issuer 48

3.13 Certificate Identifier 49

3.14 Certificate Subject 49

3.15 Certificate Issuer 50

3.16 Digital Signature Algorithm.. 51

3.17 Digest 51

3.18 Operation Policy Name. 52

3.18.1 Operations outside of operation policy control 53

3.18.2 Default Operation Policy. 53

3.18.2.1 Default Operation Policy for Secret Objects. 53

3.18.2.2 Default Operation Policy for Certificates and Public Key Objects. 54

3.18.2.3 Default Operation Policy for Template Objects. 55

3.19 Cryptographic Usage Mask. 56

3.20 Lease Time. 57

3.21 Usage Limits. 58

3.22 State. 59

3.23 Initial Date. 61

3.24 Activation Date. 62

3.25 Process Start Date. 62

3.26 Protect Stop Date. 63

3.27 Deactivation Date. 64

3.28 Destroy Date. 64

3.29 Compromise Occurrence Date. 65

3.30 Compromise Date. 65

3.31 Revocation Reason. 66

3.32 Archive Date. 66

3.33 Object Group. 67

3.34 Fresh. 67

3.35 Link. 68

3.36 Application Specific Information. 69

3.37 Contact Information. 70

3.38 Last Change Date. 71

3.39 Custom Attribute. 71

3.40 Alternative Name. 72

3.41 Key Value Present 72

3.42 Key Value Location. 73

3.43 Original Creation Date. 74

3.44 Random Number Generator 74

4        Client-to-Server Operations. 76

4.1 Create. 77

4.2 Create Key Pair 78

4.3 Register 81

4.4 Re-key. 83

4.5 Re-key Key Pair 85

4.6 Derive Key. 89

4.7 Certify. 93

4.8 Re-certify. 94

4.9 Locate. 97

4.10 Check. 99

4.11 Get 100

4.12 Get Attributes. 101

4.13 Get Attribute List 102

4.14 Add Attribute. 102

4.15 Modify Attribute. 103

4.16 Delete Attribute. 103

4.17 Obtain Lease. 104

4.18 Get Usage Allocation. 105

4.19 Activate. 105

4.20 Revoke. 106

4.21 Destroy. 106

4.22 Archive. 107

4.23 Recover 107

4.24 Validate. 108

4.25 Query. 108

4.26 Discover Versions. 111

4.27 Cancel 111

4.28 Poll 112

4.29 Encrypt 112

4.30 Decrypt 114

4.31 Sign. 115

4.32 Signature Verify. 117

4.33 MAC. 118

4.34 MAC Verify. 120

4.35 RNG Retrieve. 121

4.36 RNG Seed. 121

4.37 Hash. 122

4.38 Create Split Key. 123

4.39 Join Split Key. 124

5        Server-to-Client Operations. 126

5.1 Notify. 126

5.2 Put 126

5.3 Query. 127

6        Message Contents. 131

6.1 Protocol Version. 131

6.2 Operation. 131

6.3 Maximum Response Size. 131

6.4 Unique Batch Item ID.. 131

6.5 Time Stamp. 132

6.6 Authentication. 132

6.7 Asynchronous Indicator 132

6.8 Asynchronous Correlation Value. 132

6.9 Result Status. 133

6.10 Result Reason. 133

6.11 Result Message. 134

6.12 Batch Order Option. 134

6.13 Batch Error Continuation Option. 134

6.14 Batch Count 135

6.15 Batch Item.. 135

6.16 Message Extension. 135

6.17 Attestation Capable Indicator 135

7        Message Format 137

7.1 Message Structure. 137

7.2 Operations. 137

8        Authentication. 140

9        Message Encoding. 141

9.1 TTLV Encoding. 141

9.1.1 TTLV Encoding Fields. 141

9.1.1.1 Item Tag. 141

9.1.1.2 Item Type. 141

9.1.1.3 Item Length. 142

9.1.1.4 Item Value. 142

9.1.2 Examples. 143

9.1.3 Defined Values. 144

9.1.3.1 Tags. 144

9.1.3.2 Enumerations. 151

9.1.3.2.1 Credential Type Enumeration. 151

9.1.3.2.2 Key Compression Type Enumeration. 152

9.1.3.2.3 Key Format Type Enumeration. 152

9.1.3.2.4 Wrapping Method Enumeration. 153

9.1.3.2.5 Recommended Curve Enumeration. 153

9.1.3.2.6 Certificate Type Enumeration. 155

9.1.3.2.7 Digital Signature Algorithm Enumeration. 156

9.1.3.2.8 Split Key Method Enumeration. 156

9.1.3.2.9 Secret Data Type Enumeration. 157

9.1.3.2.10 Opaque Data Type Enumeration. 157

9.1.3.2.11 Name Type Enumeration. 157

9.1.3.2.12 Object Type Enumeration. 157

9.1.3.2.13 Cryptographic Algorithm Enumeration. 158

9.1.3.2.14 Block Cipher Mode Enumeration. 159

9.1.3.2.15 Padding Method Enumeration. 159

9.1.3.2.16 Hashing Algorithm Enumeration. 160

9.1.3.2.17 Key Role Type Enumeration. 161

9.1.3.2.18 State Enumeration. 161

9.1.3.2.19 Revocation Reason Code Enumeration. 162

9.1.3.2.20 Link Type Enumeration. 162

9.1.3.2.21 Derivation Method Enumeration. 163

9.1.3.2.22 Certificate Request Type Enumeration. 163

9.1.3.2.23 Validity Indicator Enumeration. 163

9.1.3.2.24 Query Function Enumeration. 164

9.1.3.2.25 Cancellation Result Enumeration. 164

9.1.3.2.26 Put Function Enumeration. 164

9.1.3.2.27 Operation Enumeration. 165

9.1.3.2.28 Result Status Enumeration. 166

9.1.3.2.29 Result Reason Enumeration. 167

9.1.3.2.30 Batch Error Continuation Option Enumeration. 167

9.1.3.2.31 Usage Limits Unit Enumeration. 168

9.1.3.2.32 Encoding Option Enumeration. 168

9.1.3.2.33 Object Group Member Enumeration. 168

9.1.3.2.34 Alternative Name Type Enumeration. 168

9.1.3.2.35 Key Value Location Type Enumeration. 169

9.1.3.2.36 Attestation Type Enumeration. 169

9.1.3.2.37 RNG Algorithm Enumeration. 169

9.1.3.2.38 DRBG Algorithm Enumeration. 170

9.1.3.2.39 FIPS186 Variation Enumeration. 170

9.1.3.2.40 Validation Authority Type Enumeration. 170

9.1.3.2.41 Validation Type Enumeration. 170

9.1.3.2.42 Profile Name Enumeration. 171

9.1.3.2.43 Unwrap Mode Enumeration. 174

9.1.3.2.44 Destroy Action Enumeration. 174

9.1.3.2.45 Shredding Algorithm Enumeration. 175

9.1.3.2.46 RNG Mode Enumeration. 175

9.1.3.2.47 Client Registration Method Enumeration. 175

9.1.3.3 Bit Masks. 176

9.1.3.3.1 Cryptographic Usage Mask. 176

9.1.3.3.2 Storage Status Mask. 176

10      Transport 177

11      Error Handling. 178

11.1 General 178

11.2 Create. 179

11.3 Create Key Pair 179

11.4 Register 180

11.5 Re-key. 181

11.6 Re-key Key Pair 181

11.7 Derive Key. 182

11.8 Certify. 183

11.9 Re-certify. 183

11.10 Locate. 183

11.11 Check. 184

11.12 Get 184

11.13 Get Attributes. 185

11.14 Get Attribute List 185

11.15 Add Attribute. 185

11.16 Modify Attribute. 186

11.17 Delete Attribute. 186

11.18 Obtain Lease. 187

11.19 Get Usage Allocation. 187

11.20 Activate. 187

11.21 Revoke. 188

11.22 Destroy. 188

11.23 Archive. 188

11.24 Recover 188

11.25 Validate. 188

11.26 Query. 189

11.27 Discover Versions. 189

11.28 Cancel 189

11.29 Poll 189

11.30 Encrypt 189

11.31 Decrypt 189

11.32 Sign. 190

11.33 Signature Verify. 190

11.34 MAC. 191

11.35 MAC Verify. 191

11.36 RNG Retrieve. 191

11.37 RNG Seed. 192

11.38 HASH. 192

11.39 Create Split Key. 192

11.40 Join Split Key. 193

11.41 Batch Items. 193

12      KMIP Server and Client Implementation Conformance. 195

12.1 KMIP Server Implementation Conformance. 195

12.2 KMIP Client Implementation Conformance. 195

Appendix A.       Acknowledgments. 196

Appendix B.       Attribute Cross-Reference. 198

Appendix C.       Tag Cross-Reference. 200

Appendix D.       Operations and Object Cross-Reference. 206

Appendix E.       Acronyms. 208

Appendix F.        List of Figures and Tables. 211

Appendix G.       Revision History. 220

 

 


1      Introduction

This document is intended as a specification of the protocol used for the communication between clients and servers to perform certain management operations on objects stored and maintained by a key management system. These objects are referred to as Managed Objects in this specification. They include symmetric and asymmetric cryptographic keys, digital certificates, and templates used to simplify the creation of objects and control their use. Managed Objects are managed with operations that include the ability to generate cryptographic keys, register objects with the key management system, obtain objects from the system, destroy objects from the system, and search for objects maintained by the system. Managed Objects also have associated attributes, which are named values stored by the key management system and are obtained from the system via operations. Certain attributes are added, modified, or deleted by operations.

The protocol specified in this document includes several certificate-related functions for which there are a number of existing protocols – namely Validate (e.g., SCVP or XKMS), Certify (e.g., CMP [RFC4210], CMC [RFC5272][RFC6402], SCEP) and Re-certify (e.g., CMP [RFC4210], CMC [RFC5272][RFC6402], SCEP). The protocol does not attempt to define a comprehensive certificate management protocol, such as would be needed for a certification authority. However, it does include functions that are needed to allow a key server to provide a proxy for certificate management functions.

In addition to the normative definitions for managed objects, operations and attributes, this specification also includes normative definitions for the following aspects of the protocol:

·         The expected behavior of the server and client as a result of operations,

·         Message contents and formats,

·         Message encoding (including enumerations), and

·         Error handling.

This specification is complemented by several other documents. The KMIP Usage Guide[KMIP-UG] provides illustrative information on using the protocol. The KMIP Profiles Specification [KMIP-Prof] provides a selected set of base level conformance profiles and authentication suites; additional KMIP Profiles define specific sets of KMIP functionality for conformance purposes. The KMIP Test Specification [KMIP-TC] provides samples of protocol messages corresponding to a set of defined test cases. The KMIP Use Cases document [KMIP-UC] provides user stories that define the use of and context for functionality defined in KMIP.

This specification defines the KMIP protocol version major 1 and minor 2 (see 6.1).

 

1.1 Terminology

The key words “REQUIRED”, “SHALL”, “SHALL NOT”, “SHOULD”, “SHOULD NOT”, “MAY”, and “OPTIONAL” in this document are to be interpreted as described in [RFC2119] .

For acronyms used in this document, see Appendix E. For definitions not found in this document, see [SP800-57-1].

Archive

To place information not accessed frequently into long-term storage.

Asymmetric key pair

(key pair)

A public key and its corresponding private key; a key pair is used with a public key algorithm.

Authentication

A process that establishes the origin of information, or determines an entity’s identity.

Authentication code

A cryptographic checksum based on a security function.

Authorization

Access privileges that are granted to an entity; conveying an “official” sanction to perform a security function or activity.

Certificate length

The length (in bytes) of an X.509 public key certificate.

Certification authority

The entity in a Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) that is responsible for issuing certificates, and exacting compliance to a PKI policy.

Ciphertext

Data in its encrypted form.

Compromise

The unauthorized disclosure, modification, substitution or use of sensitive data (e.g., keying material and other security-related information).

Confidentiality

The property that sensitive information is not disclosed to unauthorized entities.

Cryptographic algorithm

A well-defined computational procedure that takes variable inputs, including a cryptographic key and produces an output.

Cryptographic key
(key)

A parameter used in conjunction with a cryptographic algorithm that determines its operation in such a way that an entity with knowledge of the key can reproduce or reverse the operation, while an entity without knowledge of the key cannot. Examples include:

1. The transformation of plaintext data into ciphertext data,

2. The transformation of ciphertext data into plaintext data,

3. The computation of a digital signature from data,

4. The verification of a digital signature,

5. The computation of an authentication code from data, and

6. The verification of an authentication code from data and a received authentication code.

Decryption

The process of changing ciphertext into plaintext using a cryptographic algorithm and key.

Digest (or hash)

The result of applying a hashing algorithm to information.

Digital signature
(signature)

The result of a cryptographic transformation of data that, when properly implemented with supporting infrastructure and policy, provides the services of:

1. origin authentication

2. data integrity, and

3. signer non-repudiation.

Digital Signature Algorithm

A cryptographic algorithm used for digital signature.

Encryption

The process of changing plaintext into ciphertext using a cryptographic algorithm and key.

Hashing algorithm (or hash algorithm, hash function)

An algorithm that maps a bit string of arbitrary length to a fixed length bit string. Approved hashing algorithms satisfy the following properties:

1. (One-way) It is computationally infeasible to find any input that

maps to any pre-specified output, and

2. (Collision resistant) It is computationally infeasible to find any two distinct inputs that map to the same output.

Integrity

The property that sensitive data has not been modified or deleted in an unauthorized and undetected manner.

Key derivation
(derivation)

A function in the lifecycle of keying material; the process by which one or more keys are derived from:

1) Either a shared secret from a key agreement computation or a pre-shared cryptographic key, and

2) Other information.

Key management

The activities involving the handling of cryptographic keys and other related security parameters (e.g., IVs and passwords) during the entire life cycle of the keys, including their generation, storage, establishment, entry and output, and destruction.

Key wrapping
(wrapping)

A method of encrypting and/or MACing/signing keys.

Message Authentication Code (MAC)

A cryptographic checksum on data that uses a symmetric key to detect both accidental and intentional modifications of data.

PGP Key

A RFC 4880-compliant container of cryptographic keys and associated metadata.  Usually text-based (in PGP-parlance, ASCII-armored).

Private key

A cryptographic key used with a public key cryptographic algorithm that is uniquely associated with an entity and is not made public. The private key is associated with a public key. Depending on the algorithm, the private key MAY be used to:

1. Compute the corresponding public key,

2. Compute a digital signature that can be verified by the corresponding public key,

3. Decrypt data that was encrypted by the corresponding public key, or

4. Compute a piece of common shared data, together with other information.

Profile

A specification of objects, attributes, operations, message elements and authentication methods to be used in specific contexts of key management server and client interactions (see [KMIP-Prof]).

Public key

A cryptographic key used with a public key cryptographic algorithm that is uniquely associated with an entity and that MAY be made public. The public key is associated with a private key. The public key MAY be known by anyone and, depending on the algorithm, MAY be used to:

1. Verify a digital signature that is signed by the corresponding private key,

2. Encrypt data that can be decrypted by the corresponding private key, or

3. Compute a piece of shared data.

Public key certificate
(certificate)

A set of data that uniquely identifies an entity, contains the entity's public key and possibly other information, and is digitally signed by a trusted party, thereby binding the public key to the entity.

Public key cryptographic algorithm

A cryptographic algorithm that uses two related keys, a public key and a private key. The two keys have the property that determining the private key from the public key is computationally infeasible.

Public Key Infrastructure

A framework that is established to issue, maintain and revoke public key certificates.

Recover

To retrieve information that was archived to long-term storage.

Split Key

A process by which a cryptographic key is split into n multiple key components, individually providing no knowledge of the original key, which can be subsequently combined to recreate the original cryptographic key. If knowledge of k (where k is less than or equal to n) components is necessary to construct the original key, then knowledge of any k-1 key components provides no information about the original key other than, possibly, its length.

Symmetric key

A single cryptographic key that is used with a secret (symmetric) key algorithm.

Symmetric key algorithm

A cryptographic algorithm that uses the same secret (symmetric) key for an operation and its inverse (e.g., encryption and decryption).

X.509 certificate

The ISO/ITU-T X.509 standard defined two types of certificates – the X.509 public key certificate, and the X.509 attribute certificate. Most commonly (including this document), an X.509 certificate refers to the X.509 public key certificate.

X.509 public key certificate

The public key for a user (or device) and a name for the user (or device), together with some other information, rendered un-forgeable by the digital signature of the certification authority that issued the certificate, encoded in the format defined in the ISO/ITU-T X.509 standard.

Table 1: Terminology

 

1.2 Normative References

[ECC-Brainpool]     ECC Brainpool Standard Curves and Curve Generation v. 1.0.19.10.2005, http://www.ecc-brainpool.org/download/Domain-parameters.pdf.

[FIPS180-4]             Secure Hash Standard (SHS), FIPS PUB 186-4, March 2012, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips18-4/fips-180-4.pdf.

[FIPS186-4]             Digital Signature Standard (DSS), FIPS PUB 186-4, July 2013, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.186-4.pdf.

[FIPS197]               Advanced Encryption Standard, FIPS PUB 197, November 2001, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips197/fips-197.pdf.

[FIPS198-1]             The Keyed-Hash Message Authentication Code (HMAC), FIPS PUB 198-1, July 2008, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips198-1/FIPS-198-1_final.pdf.

[IEEE1003-1]           IEEE Std 1003.1, Standard for information technology - portable operating system interface (POSIX). Shell and utilities, 2004.

[ISO16609]              ISO, Banking -- Requirements for message authentication using symmetric techniques, ISO 16609, 2012.

[ISO9797-1]             ISO/IEC, Information technology -- Security techniques -- Message Authentication Codes (MACs) -- Part 1: Mechanisms using a block cipher, ISO/IEC 9797-1, 2011.

[KMIP-Prof]            Key Management Interoperability Protocol Profiles Version 1.2. Edited by Tim Hudson and Robert Lockhart. Latest version: http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/profiles/v1.2/kmip-profiles-v1.2.doc.

[PKCS#1]                RSA Laboratories, PKCS #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography Standard, June 14, 2002, http://www.rsa.com/rsalabs/node.asp?id=2125.

[PKCS#5]                RSA Laboratories, PKCS #5 v2.1: Password-Based Cryptography Standard, October 5, 2006, http://www.rsa.com/rsalabs/node.asp?id=2127.

[PKCS#8]                RSA Laboratories, PKCS#8 v1.2: Private-Key Information Syntax Standard, November 1, 1993, http://www.rsa.com/rsalabs/node.asp?id=2130.

[PKCS#10]              RSA Laboratories, PKCS #10 v1.7: Certification Request Syntax Standard, May 26, 2000, http://www.rsa.com/rsalabs/node.asp?id=2132.

[RFC1319]               B. Kaliski, The MD2 Message-Digest Algorithm, IETF RFC 1319, Apr 1992, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1319.txt.

[RFC1320]               R. Rivest, The MD4 Message-Digest Algorithm, IETF RFC 1320, April 1992, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1320.txt.

[RFC1321]               R. Rivest, The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm, IETF RFC 1321, April 1992, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt.

[RFC1421]               J. Linn, Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part I: Message Encryption and Authentication Procedures, IETF RFC 1421, February 1993, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1421.txt.

[RFC1424]               B. Kaliski, Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part IV: Key Certification and Related Services, IETF RFC 1424, Feb 1993, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1424.txt.

[RFC2104]               H. Krawczyk, M. Bellare, R. Canetti, HMAC: Keyed-Hashing for Message Authentication, IETF RFC 2104, February 1997, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2104.txt.

[RFC2119]               S. Bradner, Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels, IETF RFC 2119, March 1997, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2119.txt.

[RFC2898]               B. Kaliski, PKCS #5: Password-Based Cryptography Specification Version 2.0, IETF RFC 2898, September 2000, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2898.txt.

[RFC2986]               M. Nystrom and B. Kaliski, PKCS #10:  Certification Request Syntax Specification Version 1.7, IETF RFC2986, November 2000, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2986.txt.

[RFC3447]               J. Jonsson, B. Kaliski, Public-Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1: RSA Cryptography Specifications Version 2.1, IETF RFC 3447, Feb 2003, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3447.txt.

[RFC3629]               F. Yergeau, UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO 10646, IETF RFC 3629, November 2003, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3629.txt.

[RFC3686]               R. Housley, Using Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Counter Mode with IPsec Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP), IETF RFC 3686, January 2004, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3686.txt.

[RFC4210]               C. Adams, S. Farrell, T. Kause and T. Mononen, Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate Management Protocol (CMP), IETF RFC 4210, September 2005, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4210.txt.

[RFC4211]               J. Schaad, Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate Request Message Format (CRMF), IETF RFC 4211, September 2005, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4211.txt.

[RFC4880]               J. Callas, L. Donnerhacke, H. Finney, D. Shaw, and R. Thayer, OpenPGP Message Format, IETF RFC 4880, November 2007, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4880.txt.

[RFC4949]               R. Shirey, Internet Security Glossary, Version 2, IETF RFC 4949, August 2007, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4949.txt.

[RFC5208]               B. Kaliski, Public Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS) #8:  Private-Key Information Syntax Specification Version 1.2, IETF RFC5208, May 2008, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc5208.txt.

[RFC5272]               J. Schaad and M. Meyers, Certificate Management over CMS (CMC), IETF RFC 5272, June 2008, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5272.txt.

[RFC5280]               D. Cooper, S. Santesson, S. Farrell, S. Boeyen, R. Housley, W. Polk, Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate, IETF RFC 5280, May 2008, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5280.txt.

[RFC5639]               M. Lochter, J. Merkle, Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Brainpool Standard Curves and Curve Generation, IETF RFC 5639, March 2010, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5639.txt.

[RFC6402]               J. Schaad, Certificate Management over CMS (CMC) Updates, IETF RFC6402, November 2011, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6402.txt.

[RFC6818]               P. Yee, Updates to the Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate and Certificate Revocation List (CRL) Profile, IETF RFC6818, January 2013, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6818.txt.

[SEC2]                    SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters, http://www.secg.org/collateral/sec2_final.pdf.

[SP800-38A]            M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation – Methods and Techniques, NIST Special Publication 800-38A, December 2001, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38a/sp800-38a.pdf.

[SP800-38B]            M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation: The CMAC Mode for Authentication, NIST Special Publication 800-38B, May 2005, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38B/SP_800-38B.pdf.

[SP800-38C]            M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation: the CCM Mode for Authentication and Confidentiality, NIST Special Publication 800-38C, May 2004, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38C/SP800-38C_updated-July20_2007.pdf.

[SP800-38D]            M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation: Galois/Counter Mode (GCM) and GMAC, NIST Special Publication 800-38D, Nov 2007, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38D/SP-800-38D.pdf.

[SP800-38E]            M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation: The XTS-AES Mode for Confidentiality on Block-Oriented Storage Devices, NIST Special Publication 800-38E, January 2010, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38E/nist-sp-800-38E.pdf.

[SP800-56A]            E. Barker, L. Chen, A. Roginsky and M. Smid, Recommendation for Pair-Wise Key Establishment Schemes Using Discrete Logarithm Cryptography, NIST Special Publication 800-56A Revision 2, May 2013, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-56Ar2.pdf.

[SP800-57-1]           E. Barker, W. Barker, W. Burr, W. Polk, and M. Smid, Recommendations for Key Management - Part 1: General (Revision 3), NIST Special Publication 800-57 Part 1 Revision 3, July 2012, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-57/sp800-57_part1_rev3_general.pdf.

[SP800-108]            L. Chen, Recommendation for Key Derivation Using Pseudorandom Functions (Revised), NIST Special Publication 800-108, Oct 2009, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-108/sp800-108.pdf.

[X.509]                    International Telecommunication Union (ITU)–T, X.509:  Information technology – Open systems interconnection – The Directory:  Public-key and attribute certificate frameworks, November 2008, http://www.itu.int/rec/recommendation.asp?lang=en&parent=T-REC-X.509-200811-1.

[X9.24-1]                 ANSI, X9.24 - Retail Financial Services Symmetric Key Management - Part 1: Using Symmetric Techniques, 2009.

[X9.31]                    ANSI, X9.31: Digital Signatures Using Reversible Public Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry (rDSA), September 1998.

[X9.42]                    ANSI, X9.42: Public Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry: Agreement of Symmetric Keys Using Discrete Logarithm Cryptography, 2003.

[X9.62]                    ANSI, X9.62: Public Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry, The Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA), 2005.

[X9.63]                    ANSI, X9.63: Public Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry, Key Agreement and Key Transport Using Elliptic Curve Cryptography, 2011.

[X9.102]                  ANSI, X9.102: Symmetric Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry - Wrapping of Keys and Associated Data, 2008.

[X9 TR-31]              ANSI, X9 TR-31: Interoperable Secure Key Exchange Key Block Specification for Symmetric Algorithms, 2010.

1.3 Non-Normative References

[ISO/IEC 9945-2]     The Open Group, Regular Expressions, The Single UNIX Specification version 2, 1997, ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993, http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/007908799/xbd/re.html.

[KMIP-UG]              Key Management Interoperability Protocol Usage Guide Version 1.2. Edited by Indra Fitzgerald and Judith Furlong. Latest version: http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/ug/v1.2/kmip-ug-v1.2.doc.

[KMIP-TC]               Key Management Interoperability Protocol Test Cases Version 1.2. Edited by Tim Hudson and Faisal Faruqui. Latest version: http://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/testcases/v1.2/kmip-testcases-v1.2.doc.

[KMIP-UC]              Key Management Interoperability Protocol Use Cases Version 1.2 Working Draft 10, June 20, 2013. https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/download.php/49644/kmip-usecases-v1.2-wd10.doc.

[RFC6151]               S. Turner and L. Chen, Updated Security Considerations for the MD5 Message-Digest and the HMAC-MD5 Algorithms, IETF RFC6151, March 2011, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6151.txt.

[w1979]                   A. Shamir, How to share a secret, Communications of the ACM, vol. 22, no. 11, pp. 612-613, November 1979.

2      Objects

The following subsections describe the objects that are passed between the clients and servers of the key management system. Some of these object types, called Base Objects, are used only in the protocol itself, and are not considered Managed Objects. Key management systems MAY choose to support a subset of the Managed Objects. The object descriptions refer to the primitive data types of which they are composed. These primitive data types are (see Section 9.1.1.4):

·         Integer

·         Long Integer

·         Big Integer

·         Enumeration – choices from a predefined list of values

·         Boolean

·         Text String – string of characters representing human-readable text

·         Byte String – sequence of unencoded byte values

·         Date-Time – date and time, with a granularity of one second

·         Interval – a length of time expressed in seconds

Structures are composed of ordered lists of primitive data types or sub-structures.

2.1 Base Objects

These objects are used within the messages of the protocol, but are not objects managed by the key management system. They are components of Managed Objects.

2.1.1 Attribute

An Attribute object is a structure (see Table 2) used for sending and receiving Managed Object attributes. The Attribute Name is a text-string that is used to identify the attribute. The Attribute Index is an index number assigned by the key management server. The Attribute Index is used to identify the particular instance. Attribute Indices SHALL start with 0. The Attribute Index of an attribute SHALL NOT change when other instances are added or deleted. Single-instance Attributes (attributes which an object MAY only have at most one instance thereof) SHALL have an Attribute Index of 0. The Attribute Value is either a primitive data type or structured object, depending on the attribute.

When an Attribute structure is used to specify or return a particular instance of an Attribute and the Attribute Index is not specified it SHALL be assumed to be 0.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Attribute

Structure

 

Attribute Name

Text String

Yes

Attribute Index

Integer

No

Attribute Value

Varies, depending on attribute. See Section 3

Yes, except for the Notify operation (see Section 5.1)

Table 2: Attribute Object Structure

2.1.2 Credential

A Credential is a structure (see Table 3) used for client identification purposes and is not managed by the key management system (e.g., user id/password pairs, Kerberos tokens, etc.). It MAY be used for authentication purposes as indicated in [KMIP-Prof].

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential

Structure

 

Credential Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.1

Yes

Credential Value

Varies based on Credential Type.

Yes

Table 3: Credential Object Structure

If the Credential Type in the Credential is Username and Password, then Credential Value is a structure as shown in Table 4. The Username field identifies the client, and the Password field is a secret that authenticates the client.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential Value

Structure

 

Username

Text String

Yes

Password

Text String

No

Table 4: Credential Value Structure for the Username and Password Credential

If the Credential Type in the Credential is Device, then Credential Value is a structure as shown in Table 5. One or a combination of the Device Serial Number, Network Identifier, Machine Identifier, and Media Identifier SHALL be unique. Server implementations MAY enforce policies on uniqueness for individual fields.  A shared secret or password MAY also be used to authenticate the client. The client SHALL provide at least one field.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential Value

Structure

 

Device Serial Number

Text String

No

Password

Text String

No

Device Identifier

Text String

No

Network Identifier

Text String

No

Machine Identifier

Text String

No

Media Identifier

Text String

No

Table 5: Credential Value Structure for the Device Credential

If the Credential Type in the Credential is Attestation, then Credential Value is a structure as shown in Table 6. The Nonce Value is obtained from the key management server in a Nonce Object. The Attestation Credential Object can contain a measurement from the client or an assertion from a third party if the server is not capable or willing to verify the attestation data from the client. Neither type of attestation data (Attestation Measurement or Attestation Assertion) is necessary to allow the server to accept either. However, the client SHALL provide attestation data in either the Attestation Measurement or Attestation Assertion fields.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential Value

Structure

 

Nonce

Structure, see 2.1.14

Yes

Attestation Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.36

Yes

Attestation Measurement

Byte String

No

Attestation Assertion

Byte String

No

Table 6: Credential Value Structure for the Attestation Credential

2.1.3 Key Block

A Key Block object is a structure (see Table 7) used to encapsulate all of the information that is closely associated with a cryptographic key. It contains a Key Value of one of the following Key Format Types:

·         Raw – This is a key that contains only cryptographic key material, encoded as a string of bytes.

·         Opaque – This is an encoded key for which the encoding is unknown to the key management system. It is encoded as a string of bytes.

·         PKCS1 – This is an encoded private key, expressed as a DER-encoded ASN.1 PKCS#1 object.

·         PKCS8 – This is an encoded private key, expressed as a DER-encoded ASN.1 PKCS#8 object, supporting both the RSAPrivateKey syntax and EncryptedPrivateKey.

·         X.509 – This is an encoded object, expressed as a DER-encoded ASN.1 X.509 object.

·         ECPrivateKey – This is an ASN.1 encoded elliptic curve private key.

·         Several Transparent Key types – These are algorithm-specific structures containing defined values for the various key types, as defined in Section 2.1.7.

·         Extensions – These are vendor-specific extensions to allow for proprietary or legacy key formats.

The Key Block MAY contain the Key Compression Type, which indicates the format of the elliptic curve public key. By default, the public key is uncompressed.

The Key Block also has the Cryptographic Algorithm and the Cryptographic Length of the key contained in the Key Value field. Some example values are:

·         RSA keys are typically 1024, 2048 or 3072 bits in length.

·         3DES keys are typically from 112 to 192 bits (depending upon key length and the presence of parity bits).

·         AES keys are 128, 192 or 256 bits in length.

The Key Block SHALL contain a Key Wrapping Data structure if the key in the Key Value field is wrapped (i.e., encrypted, or MACed/signed, or both).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Block

Structure

 

Key Format Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.3

Yes

Key Compression Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.2

No

Key Value

Byte String: for wrapped Key Value; Structure: for plaintext Key Value, see 2.1.4

No

Cryptographic Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.13

Yes. MAY be omitted only if this information is available from the Key Value. Does not apply to Secret Data (see Section 2.2.7) or Opaque Objects (see Section 2.2.8). If present, the Cryptographic Length SHALL also be present.

Cryptographic Length

Integer

Yes. MAY be omitted only if this information is available from the Key Value. Does not apply to Secret Data (see Section 2.2.7) or Opaque Objects (see Section 2.2.8). If present, the Cryptographic Algorithm SHALL also be present.

Key Wrapping Data

Structure, see 2.1.5

No. SHALL only be present if the key is wrapped.

Table 7: Key Block Object Structure

2.1.4 Key Value

The Key Value is used only inside a Key Block and is either a Byte String or a structure (see Table 8):

·         The Key Value structure contains the key material, either as a byte string or as a Transparent Key structure (see Section 2.1.7), and OPTIONAL attribute information that is associated and encapsulated with the key material. This attribute information differs from the attributes associated with Managed Objects, and is obtained via the Get Attributes operation, only by the fact that it is encapsulated with (and possibly wrapped with) the key material itself.

·         The Key Value Byte String is either the wrapped TTLV-encoded (see Section 9.1) Key Value structure, or the wrapped un-encoded value of the Byte String Key Material field.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Value

Structure

 

Key Material

Byte String: for Raw, Opaque, PKCS1, PKCS8, ECPrivateKey, or Extension Key Format types;

Structure: for Transparent, or Extension Key Format Types

Yes

Attribute

Attribute Object, see Section 2.1.1

No. MAY be repeated

Table 8: Key Value Object Structure

2.1.5 Key Wrapping Data

The Key Block MAY also supply OPTIONAL information about a cryptographic key wrapping mechanism used to wrap the Key Value. This consists of a Key Wrapping Data structure (see Table 9). It is only used inside a Key Block.

This structure contains fields for:

·         A Wrapping Method, which indicates the method used to wrap the Key Value.

·         Encryption Key Information, which contains the Unique Identifier (see 3.1) value of the encryption key and associated cryptographic parameters.

·         MAC/Signature Key Information, which contains the Unique Identifier value of the MAC/signature key and associated cryptographic parameters.

·         A MAC/Signature, which contains a MAC or signature of the Key Value.

·         An IV/Counter/Nonce, if REQUIRED by the wrapping method.

·         An Encoding Option, specifying the encoding of the Key Material within the Key Value structure of the Key Block that has been wrapped. If No Encoding is specified, then the Key Value structure SHALL NOT contain any attributes.

If wrapping is used, then the whole Key Value structure is wrapped unless otherwise specified by the Wrapping Method. The algorithms used for wrapping are given by the Cryptographic Algorithm attributes of the encryption key and/or MAC/signature key; the block-cipher mode, padding method, and hashing algorithm used for wrapping are given by the Cryptographic Parameters in the Encryption Key Information and/or MAC/Signature Key Information, or, if not present, from the Cryptographic Parameters attribute of the respective key(s). Either the Encryption Key Information or the MAC/Signature Key Information (or both) in the Key Wrapping Data structure SHALL be specified.

The following wrapping methods are currently defined:

·         Encrypt only (i.e., encryption using a symmetric key or public key, or authenticated encryption algorithms that use a single key).

·         MAC/sign only (i.e., either MACing the Key Value with a symmetric key, or signing the Key Value with a private key).

·         Encrypt then MAC/sign.

·         MAC/sign then encrypt.

·         TR-31.

·         Extensions.

The following encoding options are currently defined:

·         No Encoding (i.e., the wrapped un-encoded value of the Byte String Key Material field in the Key Value structure).

·         TTLV Encoding (i.e., the wrapped TTLV-encoded Key Value structure).

 

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Wrapping Data

Structure

 

Wrapping Method

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.4

Yes

Encryption Key Information

Structure, see below

No. Corresponds to the key that was used to encrypt the Key Value.

MAC/Signature Key Information

Structure, see below

No. Corresponds to the symmetric key used to MAC the Key Value or the private key used to sign the Key Value

MAC/Signature

Byte String

No

IV/Counter/Nonce

Byte String

No

Encoding Option

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.32

No. Specifies the encoding of the Key Value Byte String. If not present, the wrapped Key Value structure SHALL be TTLV encoded.

Table 9: Key Wrapping Data Object Structure

The structures of the Encryption Key Information (see Table 10) and the MAC/Signature Key Information (see Table 11) are as follows:

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Encryption Key Information

Structure

 

Unique Identifier

Text string, see 3.1

Yes

Cryptographic Parameters

Structure, see 3.6

No

Table 10: Encryption Key Information Object Structure

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

MAC/Signature Key Information

Structure

 

Unique Identifier

Text string, see 3.1

Yes. It SHALL be either the Unique Identifier of the Symmetric Key used to MAC, or of the Private Key (or its corresponding Public Key) used to sign.

Cryptographic Parameters

Structure, see 3.6

No

Table 11: MAC/Signature Key Information Object Structure

2.1.6 Key Wrapping Specification

This is a separate structure (see Table 12) that is defined for operations that provide the option to return wrapped keys. The Key Wrapping Specification SHALL be included inside the operation request if clients request the server to return a wrapped key. If Cryptographic Parameters are specified in the Encryption Key Information and/or the MAC/Signature Key Information of the Key Wrapping Specification, then the server SHALL verify that they match one of the instances of the Cryptographic Parameters attribute of the corresponding key. If Cryptographic Parameters are omitted, then the server SHALL use the Cryptographic Parameters attribute with the lowest Attribute Index of the corresponding key. If the corresponding key does not have any Cryptographic Parameters attribute, or if no match is found, then an error is returned.

This structure contains:

·         A Wrapping Method that indicates the method used to wrap the Key Value.

·         Encryption Key Information with the Unique Identifier value of the encryption key and associated cryptographic parameters.

·         MAC/Signature Key Information with the Unique Identifier value of the MAC/signature key and associated cryptographic parameters.

·         Zero or more Attribute Names to indicate the attributes to be wrapped with the key material.

·         An Encoding Option, specifying the encoding of the Key Value before wrapping. If No Encoding is specified, then the Key Value SHALL NOT contain any attributes

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Wrapping Specification

Structure

 

Wrapping Method

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.4

Yes

Encryption Key Information

Structure, see 2.1.5

No, SHALL be present if MAC/Signature Key Information is omitted

MAC/Signature Key Information

Structure, see 2.1.5

No, SHALL be present if Encryption Key Information is omitted

Attribute Name

Text String

No, MAY be repeated

Encoding Option

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.32

No. If Encoding Option is not present, the wrapped Key Value SHALL be TTLV encoded.

Table 12: Key Wrapping Specification Object Structure

2.1.7 Transparent Key Structures

Transparent Key structures describe the necessary parameters to obtain the key material. They are used in the Key Value structure. The mapping to the parameters specified in other standards is shown in Table 13.

Object

Description

Mapping

P

For DSA and DH, the (large) prime field order.

 

For RSA, a prime factor of the modulus.

p in  [FIPS186-4], [X9.42], [SP800-56A]

p in [PKCS#1], [FIPS186-4]

Q

For DSA and DH, the (small) prime multiplicative subgroup order.

For RSA, a prime factor of the modulus.

q in [FIPS186-4], [X9.42], [SP800-56A]

q in [PKCS#1], [FIPS186-4]

G

The generator of the subgroup of order Q.

g in [FIPS186-4], [X9.42], [SP800-56A]

X

DSA or DH private key.

x in [FIPS186-4]

x, xu, xv in [X9.42], [SP800-56A] for static private keys

r, ru, rv in [X9.42], [SP800-56A] for ephemeral private keys

Y

DSA or DH public key.

y in [FIPS186-4]

y, yu, yv in [X9.42], [SP800-56A] for static public keys

t, tu, tv in [X9.42], [SP800-56A] for ephemeral public keys

J

DH cofactor integer, where P = JQ + 1.

j in [X9.42]

Modulus

RSA modulus PQ, where P and Q are distinct primes.

n in [PKCS#1], [FIPS186-4]

Private Exponent

RSA private exponent.

d in [PKCS#1], [FIPS186-4]

Public Exponent

RSA public exponent.

e in [PKCS#1], [FIPS186-4]

Prime Exponent P

RSA private exponent for the prime factor P in the CRT format, i.e., Private Exponent (mod (P-1)).

dP in [PKCS#1], [FIPS186-4]

Prime Exponent Q

RSA private exponent for the prime factor Q in the CRT format, i.e., Private Exponent (mod (Q-1)).

dQ in [PKCS#1], [FIPS186-4]

CRT Coefficient

The (first) CRT coefficient, i.e., Q-1 mod P.

qInv in [PKCS#1], [FIPS186-4]

Recommended Curve

NIST Recommended Curves (e.g., P-192).

See Appendix D of [FIPS186-4]

D

Elliptic curve private key.

d; de,U,de,V (ephemeral private keys); ds,U,ds,V  (static private keys) in [X9.62], [FIPS186-4]

Q String

Elliptic curve public key.

Q; Qe,U,Qe,V  (ephemeral public keys); Qs,U,Qs,V (static public keys) in [X9.62], [FIPS186-4]

Table 13: Parameter mapping.

2.1.7.1 Transparent Symmetric Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent Symmetric Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 14.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Key

Byte String

Yes

Table 14: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent Symmetric Keys

2.1.7.2 Transparent DSA Private Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent DSA Private Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 15.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

P

Big Integer

Yes

Q

Big Integer

Yes

G

Big Integer

Yes

X

Big Integer

Yes

Table 15: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DSA Private Keys

2.1.7.3 Transparent DSA Public Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent DSA Public Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 16.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

P

Big Integer

Yes

Q

Big Integer

Yes

G

Big Integer

Yes

Y

Big Integer

Yes

Table 16: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DSA Public Keys

2.1.7.4 Transparent RSA Private Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent RSA Private Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 17.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Modulus

Big Integer

Yes

Private Exponent

Big Integer

No

Public Exponent

Big Integer

No

P

Big Integer

No

Q

Big Integer

No

Prime Exponent P

Big Integer

No

Prime Exponent Q

Big Integer

No

CRT Coefficient

Big Integer

No

Table 17: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent RSA Private Keys

One of the following SHALL be present (refer to [PKCS#1]):

·         Private Exponent,

·         P and Q (the first two prime factors of Modulus), or

·         Prime Exponent P and Prime Exponent Q.

2.1.7.5 Transparent RSA Public Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent RSA Public Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 18.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Modulus

Big Integer

Yes

Public Exponent

Big Integer

Yes

Table 18: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent RSA Public Keys

2.1.7.6 Transparent DH Private Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent DH Private Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 19.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

P

Big Integer

Yes

Q

Big Integer

No

G

Big Integer

Yes

J

Big Integer

No

X

Big Integer

Yes

Table 19: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DH Private Keys

2.1.7.7 Transparent DH Public Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent DH Public Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 20.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

P

Big Integer

Yes

Q

Big Integer

No

G

Big Integer

Yes

J

Big Integer

No

Y

Big Integer

Yes

Table 20: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DH Public Keys

2.1.7.8 Transparent ECDSA Private Key

The Transparent ECDSA Private Key structure is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. The Transparent EC Private Key structure SHOULD be used as a replacement.

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent ECDSA Private Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 21.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Recommended Curve

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.5

Yes

D

Big Integer

Yes

Table 21: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECDSA Private Keys

2.1.7.9 Transparent ECDSA Public Key

The Transparent ECDSA Public Key structure is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. The Transparent EC Public Key structure SHOULD be used as a replacement.

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent ECDSA Public Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 22.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Recommended Curve

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.5

Yes

Q String

Byte String

Yes

Table 22: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECDSA Public Keys

2.1.7.10 Transparent ECDH Private Key

The Transparent ECDH Private Key structure is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. The Transparent EC Private Key structure SHOULD be used as a replacement.

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent ECDH Private Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 23.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Recommended Curve

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.5

Yes

D

Big Integer

Yes

Table 23: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECDH Private Keys

2.1.7.11 Transparent ECDH Public Key

The Transparent ECDH Public Key structure is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. The Transparent EC Public Key structure SHOULD be used as a replacement.

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent ECDH Public Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 24.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Recommended Curve

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.5

Yes

Q String

Byte String

Yes

Table 24: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECDH Public Keys

2.1.7.12 Transparent ECMQV Private Key

The Transparent ECMQV Private Key structure is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. The Transparent EC Private Key structure SHOULD be used as a replacement.

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent ECMQV Private Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 25.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Recommended Curve

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.5

Yes

D

Big Integer

Yes

Table 25: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECMQV Private Keys

2.1.7.13 Transparent ECMQV Public Key

The Transparent ECMQV Public Key structure is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. The Transparent EC Public Key structure SHOULD be used as a replacement.

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent ECMQV Public Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 26.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Recommended Curve

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.5

Yes

Q String

Byte String

Yes

Table 26: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECMQV Public Keys

2.1.7.14 Transparent EC Private Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent EC Private Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 27.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Recommended Curve

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.5

Yes

D

Big Integer

Yes

Table 27: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent EC Private Keys

2.1.7.15 Transparent EC Public Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent EC Public Key, then Key Material is a structure as shown in Table 28.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Recommended Curve

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.5

Yes

Q String

Byte String

Yes

Table 28: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent EC Public Keys

2.1.8 Template-Attribute Structures

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

These structures are used in various operations to provide the desired attribute values and/or template names in the request and to return the actual attribute values in the response.

The Template-Attribute, Common Template-Attribute, Private Key Template-Attribute, and Public Key Template-Attribute structures are defined identically as follows:

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Template-Attribute,

Common Template-Attribute, Private Key Template-Attribute,

Public Key Template-Attribute

Structure

 

Name

Structure, see 3.2

No, MAY be repeated. (deprecated)

Attribute

Attribute Object, see 2.1.1

No, MAY be repeated

Table 29: Template-Attribute Object Structure

Name is the Name attribute of the Template object defined in Section 2.2.6.

2.1.9 Extension Information

An Extension Information object is a structure (see Table 30) describing Objects with Item Tag values in the Extensions range. The Extension Name is a Text String that is used to name the Object (first column of Table 266). The Extension Tag is the Item Tag Value of the Object (see Table 266). The Extension Type is the Item Type Value of the Object (see Table 264).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Extension Information

Structure

 

Extension Name

Text String

Yes

Extension Tag

Integer

No

Extension Type

Integer

No

Table 30: Extension Information Structure

2.1.10 Data

The Data object is used in requests and responses in cryptographic operations that pass data between the client and the server.

Object

Encoding

Data

Byte String

Table 31: Data Structure

2.1.11 Data Length

The Data Length is used in requests in cryptographic operations to indicate the amount of data expected in a response.

Object

Encoding

Data Length

Integer

Table 32: Data Length Structure

2.1.12 Signature Data

The Signature Data is used in requests and responses in cryptographic operations that pass signature data between the client and the server.

Object

Encoding

Signature Data

Byte String

Table 33: Signature Data Structure

2.1.13 MAC Data

The MAC Data is used in requests and responses in cryptographic operations that pass MAC data between the client and the server.

Object

Encoding

MAC Data

Byte String

Table 34: MAC Data Structure

2.1.14 Nonce

A Nonce object is a structure (see Table 35) used by the server to send a random value to the client. The Nonce Identifier is assigned by the server and used to identify the Nonce object. The Nonce Value consists of the random data created by the server.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Nonce

Structure

 

Nonce ID

Byte String

Yes

Nonce Value

Byte String

Yes

Table 35: Nonce Structure

2.1.15 Correlation Value

The Correlation Value is used in requests and responses in cryptographic operations that support multi-part (streaming) operations. This is generated by the server and returned in the first response to an operation that is being performed across multiple requests. Note: the server decides which operations are supported for multi-part usage. A server-generated correlation value SHALL be specified in any subsequent cryptographic operations that pertain to the original operation.

Object

Encoding

Correlation Value

Byte String

Table 36: Correlation Value Structure

2.1.16 Init Indicator

The Init Indicator is used in requests in cryptographic operations that support multi-part (streaming) operations. This is provided in the first request with a value of True to an operation that is being performed across multiple requests.

Object

Encoding

Init Indicator

Boolean

Table 37: Init Indicator Structure

2.1.17 Final Indicator

The Final Indicator is used in requests in cryptographic operations that support multi-part (streaming) operations. This is provided in the final (last) request with a value of True to an operation that is being performed across multiple requests.

Object

Encoding

Final Indicator

Boolean

Table 38: Final Indicator Structure

2.1.18 RNG Parameters

The RNG Parameters base object is a structure that contains a mandatory RNG Algorithm and a set of OPTIONAL fields that describe a Random Number Generator. Specific fields pertain only to certain types of RNGs.

The RNG Algorithm SHALL be specified and if the algorithm implemented is unknown or the implementation does not want to provide the specific details of the RNG Algorithm then the Unspecified enumeration SHALL be used.

If the cryptographic building blocks used within the RNG are known they MAY be specified in combination of the remaining fields within the RNG Parameters structure.

 

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

RNG Parameters

Structure

 

RNG Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.37

Yes

Cryptographic Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.13

No

Cryptographic Length

Integer

No

Hashing Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.16

No

DRBG Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.38

No

Recommended Curve

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.5

No

FIPS186 Variation

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.39

No

Prediction Resistance

Boolean

No

Table 39: RNG Parameters Structure

2.1.19 Profile Information

The Profile Information base object is a structure that contains details of the supported profiles. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of profiles.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Profile Information

Structure

 

Profile Name

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.42

Yes

Server URI

Text String

No

Server Port

Integer

No

Table 40: Profile Information Structure

2.1.20 Validation Information

The Validation Information base object is a structure that contains details of a formal validation. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of validations.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Validation Information

Structure

 

Validation Authority Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.40

Yes

Validation Authority Country

Text String

No

Validation Authority URI

Text String

No

Validation Version Major

Integer

Yes

Validation Version Minor

Integer

No

Validation Type

Enumeration, see 0

Yes

Validation Level

Integer

Yes

Validation Certificate Identifier

Text String

No

Validation Certificate URI

Text String

No

Validation Vendor URI

Text String

No

Validation Profile

Text String (MAY be repeated)

No

Table 41: Validation Information Structure

The Validation Authority along with the Validation Version Major, Validation Type and Validation Level SHALL be provided to uniquely identify a validation for a given validation authority. If the Validation Certificate URI is not provided the server SHOULD include a Validation Vendor URI from which information related to the validation is available.

The Validation Authority Country is the two letter ISO country code.

2.1.21 Capability Information

The Capability Information base object is a structure that contains details of the supported capabilities.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Capability Information

Structure

 

Streaming Capability

Boolean

No

Asynchronous Capability

Boolean

No

Attestation Capability

Boolean

No

Unwrap Mode

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.43

No

Destroy Action

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.44

No

Shredding Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.45

No

RNG Mode

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.46

No

Table 42: Capability Information Structure

2.2 Managed Objects

Managed Objects are objects that are the subjects of key management operations, which are described in Sections 4 and 5. Managed Cryptographic Objects are the subset of Managed Objects that contain cryptographic material (e.g., certificates, keys, and secret data).

2.2.1 Certificate

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a digital certificate. It is a DER-encoded X.509 public key certificate. The PGP certificate type is deprecated as of version 1.2 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. The PGP Key object (see section 2.2.9) SHOULD be used instead.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Certificate

Structure

 

Certificate Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.6

Yes

Certificate Value

Byte String

Yes

Table 43: Certificate Object Structure

2.2.2 Symmetric Key

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a symmetric key.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Symmetric Key

Structure

 

Key Block

Structure, see 2.1.3

Yes

Table 44: Symmetric Key Object Structure

2.2.3 Public Key

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is the public portion of an asymmetric key pair. This is only a public key, not a certificate.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Public Key

Structure

 

Key Block

Structure, see 2.1.3

Yes

Table 45: Public Key Object Structure

2.2.4 Private Key

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is the private portion of an asymmetric key pair.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Private Key

Structure

 

Key Block

Structure, see 2.1.3

Yes

Table 46: Private Key Object Structure

2.2.5 Split Key

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a Split Key. A split key is a secret, usually a symmetric key or a private key that has been split into a number of parts, each of which MAY then be distributed to several key holders, for additional security. The Split Key Parts field indicates the total number of parts, and the Split Key Threshold field indicates the minimum number of parts needed to reconstruct the entire key. The Key Part Identifier indicates which key part is contained in the cryptographic object, and SHALL be at least 1 and SHALL be less than or equal to Split Key Parts.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Split Key

Structure

 

Split Key Parts

Integer

Yes

Key Part Identifier

Integer

Yes

Split Key Threshold

Integer

Yes

Split Key Method

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.8

Yes

Prime Field Size

Big Integer

No, REQUIRED only if Split Key Method is Polynomial Sharing Prime Field.

Key Block

Structure, see 2.1.3

Yes

Table 47: Split Key Object Structure

There are three Split Key Methods for secret sharing: the first one is based on XOR, and the other two are based on polynomial secret sharing, according to [w1979].

Let L be the minimum number of bits needed to represent all values of the secret.

·         When the Split Key Method is XOR, then the Key Material in the Key Value of the Key Block is of length L bits. The number of split keys is Split Key Parts (identical to Split Key Threshold), and the secret is reconstructed by XORing all of the parts.

·         When the Split Key Method is Polynomial Sharing Prime Field, then secret sharing is performed in the field GF(Prime Field Size), represented as integers, where Prime Field Size is a prime bigger than 2L.

·         When the Split Key Method is Polynomial Sharing GF(216), then secret sharing is performed in the field GF(216). The Key Material in the Key Value of the Key Block is a bit string of length L, and when L is bigger than 216, then secret sharing is applied piecewise in pieces of 16 bits each. The Key Material in the Key Value of the Key Block is the concatenation of the corresponding shares of all pieces of the secret.

Secret sharing is performed in the field GF(216), which is represented as an algebraic extension of GF(28):

GF(216) ≈ GF(28) [y]/(y2+y+m),    where m is defined later.

An element of this field then consists of a linear combination uy + v, where u and v are elements of the smaller field GF(28).

The representation of field elements and the notation in this section rely on [FIPS197], Sections 3 and 4. The field GF(28) is as described in [FIPS197],

GF(28) ≈ GF(2) [x]/(x8+x4+x3+x+1).

An element of GF(28) is represented as a byte. Addition and subtraction in GF(28) is performed as a bit-wise XOR of the bytes. Multiplication and inversion are more complex (see [FIPS197] Section 4.1 and 4.2 for details).

An element of GF(216) is represented as a pair of bytes (u, v). The element m is given by

m = x5+x4+x3+x,

which is represented by the byte 0x3A (or {3A} in notation according to [FIPS197]).

Addition and subtraction in GF(216) both correspond to simply XORing the bytes. The product of two elements ry + s and uy + v  is given by

(ry + s) (uy + v) = ((r + s)(u + v) + sv)y  + (ru + svm).

The inverse of an element uy + v is given by

(uy + v)-1 = ud-1y + (u + v)d-1,  where  d = (u + v)v + mu2.

2.2.6 Template

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Template.

A Template is a named Managed Object containing the client-settable attributes of a Managed Cryptographic Object. A Template is used to specify the attributes of a new Managed Cryptographic Object in various operations. Attributes associated with a Managed Object MAY also be specified in the Template-Attribute structures in the operations in Section 4.

Attributes specified in a Template apply to any object created that reference the Template by name using the Name object in any of the Template-Attribute structures in Section 2.1.7.14.

The name of a Template (as it is for any Managed Object) is specified as an Attribute in the Template-Attribute structure in the Register operation where the Attribute Name is "Name" and the Attribute Value is the name of the Template Managed Object.

 

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Template

Structure

 

Attribute

Attribute Object, see 2.1.1

Yes. MAY be repeated.

Table 48: Template Object Structure

2.2.7 Secret Data

A Managed Cryptographic Object containing a shared secret value that is not a key or certificate (e.g., a password). The Key Block of the Secret Data object contains a Key Value of the Secret Data Type. The Key Value MAY be wrapped.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Secret Data

Structure

 

Secret Data Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.9

Yes

Key Block

Structure, see 2.1.3

Yes

Table 49: Secret Data Object Structure

2.2.8 Opaque Object

A Managed Object that the key management server is possibly not able to interpret. The context information for this object MAY be stored and retrieved using Custom Attributes.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Opaque Object

Structure

 

Opaque Data Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.10

Yes

Opaque Data Value

Byte String

Yes

Table 50: Opaque Object Structure

2.2.9 PGP Key

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a text-based representation of a PGP key. The Key Block field, indicated below, will contain the ASCII-armored export of a PGP key in the format as specified in RFC 4880. It MAY contain only a public key block, or both a public and private key block. Two different versions of PGP keys, version 3 and version 4, MAY be stored in this Managed Cryptographic Object.

KMIP implementers SHOULD treat the Key Block field as an opaque blob. PGP-aware KMIP clients SHOULD take on the responsibility of decomposing the Key Block into other Managed Cryptographic Objects (Public Keys, Private Keys, etc.).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

PGP Key

Structure

 

PGP Key Version

Integer

Yes

Key Block

Structure, see 2.1.3

Yes

Table 51: PGP Key Object Structure

3      Attributes

The following subsections describe the attributes that are associated with Managed Objects. Attributes that an object MAY have multiple instances of are referred to as multi-instance attributes. All instances of an attribute SHOULD have a different value. Similarly, attributes which an object SHALL only have at most one instance of are referred to as single-instance attributes. Attributes are able to be obtained by a client from the server using the Get Attribute operation. Some attributes are able to be set by the Add Attribute operation or updated by the Modify Attribute operation, and some are able to be deleted by the Delete Attribute operation if they no longer apply to the Managed Object. Read-only attributes are attributes that SHALL NOT be modified by either server or client, and that SHALL NOT be deleted by a client.

When attributes are returned by the server (e.g., via a Get Attributes operation), the attribute value returned MAY differ for different clients (e.g., the Cryptographic Usage Mask value MAY be different for different clients, depending on the policy of the server).

The first table in each subsection contains the attribute name in the first row. This name is the canonical name used when managing attributes using the Get Attributes, Get Attribute List, Add Attribute, Modify Attribute, and Delete Attribute operations.

A server SHALL NOT delete attributes without receiving a request from a client until the object is destroyed. After an object is destroyed, the server MAY retain all, some or none of the object attributes, depending on the object type and server policy.

The second table in each subsection lists certain attribute characteristics (e.g., “SHALL always have a value”): Table 52 below explains the meaning of each characteristic that MAY appear in those tables. The server policy MAY further restrict these attribute characteristics.

SHALL always have a value

All Managed Objects that are of the Object Types for which this attribute applies, SHALL always have this attribute set once the object has been created or registered, up until the object has been destroyed.

Initially set by

Who is permitted to initially set the value of the attribute (if the attribute has never been set, or if all the attribute values have been deleted)?

Modifiable by server

Is the server allowed to change an existing value of the attribute without receiving a request from a client?

Modifiable by client

Is the client able to change an existing value of the attribute value once it has been set?

Deletable by client

Is the client able to delete an instance of the attribute?

Multiple instances permitted

Are multiple instances of the attribute permitted?

When implicitly set

Which operations MAY cause this attribute to be set even if the attribute is not specified in the operation request itself?

Applies to Object Types

Which Managed Objects MAY have this attribute set?

Table 52: Attribute Rules

3.1 Unique Identifier

The Unique Identifier is generated by the key management system to uniquely identify a Managed Object. It is only REQUIRED to be unique within the identifier space managed by a single key management system, however this identifier SHOULD be globally unique in order to allow for a key management domain export of such objects. This attribute SHALL be assigned by the key management system at creation or registration time, and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

 

Unique Identifier

Text String

 

Table 53: Unique Identifier Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 54: Unique Identifier Attribute Rules

3.2 Name

The Name attribute is a structure (see Table 55) used to identify and locate an object. This attribute is assigned by the client, and the Name Value is intended to be in a form that humans are able to interpret. The key management system MAY specify rules by which the client creates valid names. Clients are informed of such rules by a mechanism that is not specified by this standard. Names SHALL be unique within a given key management domain, but are NOT REQUIRED to be globally unique.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Name

Structure

 

Name Value

Text String

Yes

Name Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.11

Yes

Table 55: Name Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 56: Name Attribute Rules

3.3 Object Type

The Object Type of a Managed Object (e.g., public key, private key, symmetric key, etc.) SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

Object Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.12

Table 57: Object Type Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 58: Object Type Attribute Rules

3.4 Cryptographic Algorithm

The Cryptographic Algorithm of an object. The Cryptographic Algorithm of a Certificate object identifies the algorithm for the public key contained within the Certificate. The digital signature algorithm used to sign the Certificate is identified in the Digital Signature Algorithm attribute defined in Section 3.16. This attribute SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

Cryptographic Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.13

Table 59: Cryptographic Algorithm Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Certify, Create, Create Key Pair, Re-certify, Register, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

Keys, Certificates, Templates

Table 60: Cryptographic Algorithm Attribute Rules

3.5 Cryptographic Length

For keys, Cryptographic Length is the length in bits of the clear-text cryptographic key material of the Managed Cryptographic Object. For certificates, Cryptographic Length is the length in bits of the public key contained within the Certificate. This attribute SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered, and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

Cryptographic Length

Integer

Table 61: Cryptographic Length Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Certify, Create, Create Key Pair, Re-certify, Register, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

Keys, Certificates, Templates

Table 62: Cryptographic Length Attribute Rules

3.6 Cryptographic Parameters

The Cryptographic Parameters attribute is a structure (see Table 63) that contains a set of OPTIONAL fields that describe certain cryptographic parameters to be used when performing cryptographic operations using the object. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of Managed Cryptographic Objects. The Cryptographic Parameters attribute of a Certificate object identifies the cryptographic parameters of the public key contained within the Certificate.

The Cryptographic Algorithm is also used to specify the parameters for cryptographic operations. For operations involving digital signatures, either the Digital Signature Algorithm can be specified or the Cryptographic Algorithm and Hashing Algorithm combination can be specified.

Random IV can be used to request that the KMIP server generate an appropriate IV for a cryptographic operation that uses an IV. The generated Random IV is returned in the response to the cryptographic operation.

IV Length is the length of the Initialization Vector in bits. This parameter SHALL be provided when the specified Block Cipher Mode supports variable IV lengths such as CTR or GCM.

Tag Length is the length of the authenticator tag in bytes. This parameter SHALL be provided when the Block Cipher Mode is GCM.

The IV used with counter modes of operation (e.g., CTR and GCM) cannot repeat for a given cryptographic key. To prevent an IV/key reuse, the IV is often constructed of three parts: a fixed field, an invocation field, and a counter as described in [SP800-38A] and [SP800-38D]. The Fixed Field Length is the length of the fixed field portion of the IV in bits. The Invocation Field Length is the length of the invocation field portion of the IV in bits. The Counter Length is the length of the counter portion of the IV in bits.

Initial Counter Value is the starting counter value for CTR mode (for [RFC3686] it is 1).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Cryptographic Parameters

Structure

 

Block Cipher Mode

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.14

No

Padding Method

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.15

No

Hashing Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.16

No

Key Role Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.17

No

Digital Signature Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.7

No

Cryptographic Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.13

No

Random IV

Boolean

No

IV Length

Integer

No unless Block Cipher Mode supports variable IV lengths

Tag Length

Integer

No unless Block Cipher Mode is GCM

Fixed Field Length

Integer

No

Invocation Field Length

Integer

No

Counter Length

Integer

No

Initial Counter Value

Integer

No

Table 63: Cryptographic Parameters Attribute Structure

 

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

Keys, Certificates, Templates

Table 64: Cryptographic Parameters Attribute Rules

Key Role Type definitions match those defined in ANSI X9 TR-31 [X9 TR-31] and are defined in Table 65:

BDK

Base Derivation Key (ANSI X9.24 DUKPT key derivation)

CVK

Card Verification Key (CVV/signature strip number validation)

DEK

Data Encryption Key (General Data Encryption)

MKAC

EMV/chip card Master Key: Application Cryptograms

MKSMC

EMV/chip card Master Key: Secure Messaging for Confidentiality

MKSMI

EMV/chip card Master Key: Secure Messaging for Integrity

MKDAC

EMV/chip card Master Key: Data Authentication Code

MKDN

EMV/chip card Master Key: Dynamic Numbers

MKCP

EMV/chip card Master Key: Card Personalization

MKOTH

EMV/chip card Master Key: Other

KEK

Key Encryption or Wrapping Key

MAC16609

ISO16609 MAC Algorithm 1

MAC97971

ISO9797-1 MAC Algorithm 1

MAC97972

ISO9797-1 MAC Algorithm 2

MAC97973

ISO9797-1 MAC Algorithm 3 (Note this is commonly known as X9.19 Retail MAC)

MAC97974

ISO9797-1 MAC Algorithm 4

MAC97975

ISO9797-1 MAC Algorithm 5

ZPK

PIN Block Encryption Key

PVKIBM

PIN Verification Key, IBM 3624 Algorithm

PVKPVV

PIN Verification Key, VISA PVV Algorithm

PVKOTH

PIN Verification Key, Other Algorithm

Table 65: Key Role Types

Accredited Standards Committee X9, Inc. - Financial Industry Standards (www.x9.org) contributed to Table 65. Key role names and descriptions are derived from material in the Accredited Standards Committee X9, Inc.'s Technical Report "TR-31 2010 Interoperable Secure Key Exchange Key Block Specification for Symmetric Algorithms" and used with the permission of Accredited Standards Committee X9, Inc. in an effort to improve interoperability between X9 standards and OASIS KMIP. The complete ANSI X9 TR-31 is available at www.x9.org.

3.7 Cryptographic Domain Parameters

The Cryptographic Domain Parameters attribute is a structure (see Table 66) that contains a set of OPTIONAL fields that MAY need to be specified in the Create Key Pair Request Payload. Specific fields MAY only pertain to certain types of Managed Cryptographic Objects.

The domain parameter Qlength correponds to the bit length of parameter Q (refer to [SEC2] and [SP800-56A]). Qlength applies to algorithms such as DSA and DH. The bit length of parameter P (refer to [SEC2] and [SP800-56A]) is specified separately by setting the Cryptographic Length attribute.

Recommended Curve is applicable to elliptic curve algorithms such as ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV.

Object

Encoding

Required

Cryptographic Domain Parameters

Structure

Yes

Qlength

Integer

No

Recommended Curve

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.5

No

Table 66: Cryptographic Domain Parameters Attribute Structure

 

Shall always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

Asymmetric Keys, Templates

Table 67: Cryptographic Domain Parameters Attribute Rules

3.8 Certificate Type

The Certificate Type attribute is a type of certificate (e.g., X.509). The PGP certificate type is deprecated as of version 1.2 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification.

The Certificate Type value SHALL be set by the server when the certificate is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

 

Certificate Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.6

 

Table 68: Certificate Type Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

Certificates

Table 69: Certificate Type Attribute Rules

3.9 Certificate Length

The Certificate Length attribute is the length in bytes of the Certificate object. The Certificate Length SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered, and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

Certificate Length

Integer

Table 70: Certificate Length Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

Certificates

Table 71: Certificate Length Attribute Rules

3.10 X.509 Certificate Identifier

The X.509 Certificate Identifier attribute is a structure (see Table 72) used to provide the identification of an X.509 public key certificate. The X.509 Certificate Identifier contains the Issuer Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Issuer field of the X.509 certificate) and the Certificate Serial Number (i.e., from the Serial Number field of the X.509 certificate).  The X.509 Certificate Identifier SHALL be set by the server when the X.509 certificate is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

X.509 Certificate Identifier

Structure

 

Issuer Distinguished Name

Byte String

Yes

Certificate Serial Number

Byte String

Yes

Table 72: X.509 Certificate Identifier Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

X.509 Certificates

Table 73: X.509 Certificate Identifier Attribute Rules

3.11 X.509 Certificate Subject

The X.509 Certificate Subject attribute is a structure (see Table 74) used to identify the subject of a X.509 certificate. The X.509 Certificate Subject contains the Subject Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Subject field of the X.509 certificate). It MAY include one or more alternative names (e.g., email address, IP address, DNS name) for the subject of the X.509 certificate (i.e., from the Subject Alternative Name extension within the X.509 certificate).  The X.509 Certificate Subject SHALL be set by the server based on the information it extracts from the X.509 certificate that is created (as a result of a Certify or a Re-certify operation) or registered (as part of a Register operation) and SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

If the Subject Alternative Name extension is included in the X.509 certificate and is marked critical within the X.509 certificate itself, then an X.509 certificate MAY be issued with the subject field left blank. Therefore an empty string is an acceptable value for the Subject Distinguished Name.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

X.509 Certificate Subject

Structure

 

Subject Distinguished Name

Byte String

Yes, but MAY be the empty string

Subject Alternative Name

Byte String

Yes, if the Subject Distinguished Name is an empty string. MAY be repeated

Table 74: X.509 Certificate Subject Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

X.509 Certificates

Table 75: X.509 Certificate Subject Attribute Rules

3.12 X.509 Certificate Issuer

The X.509 Certificate Issuer attribute is a structure (see Table 80) used to identify the issuer of a X.509 certificate, containing the Issuer Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Issuer field of the X.509 certificate). It MAY include one or more alternative names (e.g., email address, IP address, DNS name) for the issuer of the certificate (i.e., from the Issuer Alternative Name extension within the X.509 certificate). The server SHALL set these values based on the information it extracts from a X.509 certificate that is created as a result of a Certify or a Re-certify operation or is sent as part of a Register operation. These values SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

X.509 Certificate Issuer

Structure

 

Issuer Distinguished Name

Byte String

Yes

Issuer Alternative Name

Byte String

No, MAY be repeated

Table 76: X.509 Certificate Issuer Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

X.509 Certificates

Table 77: X.509 Certificate Issuer Attribute Rules

3.13 Certificate Identifier

This attribute is deprecated as of version 1.1 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of this specification. The X.509 Certificate Identifier attribute (see Section 3.10) SHOULD be used instead.

The Certificate Identifier attribute is a structure (see Table 78) used to provide the identification of a certificate. For X.509 certificates, it contains the Issuer Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Issuer field of the certificate) and the Certificate Serial Number (i.e., from the Serial Number field of the certificate). For PGP certificates, the Issuer contains the OpenPGP Key ID of the key issuing the signature (the signature that represents the certificate). The Certificate Identifier SHALL be set by the server when the certificate is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Certificate Identifier

Structure

 

Issuer

Text String

Yes

Serial Number

Text String

Yes (for X.509 certificates) / No (for PGP certificates since they do not contain a serial number)

Table 78: Certificate Identifier Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

Certificates

Table 79: Certificate Identifier Attribute Rules

3.14 Certificate Subject

This attribute is deprecated as of version 1.1 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of this specification. The X.509 Certificate Subject attribute (see Section 3.11) SHOULD be used instead.

The Certificate Subject attribute is a structure (see Table 80) used to identify the subject of a certificate. For X.509 certificates, it contains the Subject Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Subject field of the certificate). It MAY include one or more alternative names (e.g., email address, IP address, DNS name) for the subject of the certificate (i.e., from the Subject Alternative Name extension within the certificate). For PGP certificates, the Certificate Subject Distinguished Name contains the content of the first User ID packet in the PGP certificate (that is, the first User ID packet after the Public-Key packet in the transferable public key that forms the PGP certificate). These values SHALL be set by the server based on the information it extracts from the certificate that is created (as a result of a Certify or a Re-certify operation) or registered (as part of a Register operation) and SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

If the Subject Alternative Name extension is included in the certificate and is marked CRITICAL (i.e., within the certificate itself), then it is possible to issue an X.509 certificate where the subject field is left blank. Therefore an empty string is an acceptable value for the Certificate Subject Distinguished Name.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Certificate Subject

Structure

 

Certificate Subject Distinguished Name

Text String

Yes, but MAY be the empty string

Certificate Subject Alternative Name

Text String

No, MAY be repeated

Table 80: Certificate Subject Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

Certificates

Table 81: Certificate Subject Attribute Rules

3.15 Certificate Issuer

This attribute is deprecated as of version 1.1 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of this specification. The X.509 Certificate Issuer attribute (see Section 3.12) SHOULD be used instead.

The Certificate Issuer attribute is a structure (see Table 83) used to identify the issuer of a certificate, containing the Issuer Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Issuer field of the certificate). It MAY include one or more alternative names (e.g., email address, IP address, DNS name) for the issuer of the certificate (i.e., from the Issuer Alternative Name extension within the certificate). The server SHALL set these values based on the information it extracts from a certificate that is created as a result of a Certify or a Re-certify operation or is sent as part of a Register operation. These values SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Certificate Issuer

Structure

 

Certificate Issuer Distinguished Name

Text String

Yes

Certificate Issuer Alternative Name

Text String

No, MAY be repeated

Table 82: Certificate Issuer Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

Certificates

Table 83: Certificate Issuer Attribute Rules

3.16 Digital Signature Algorithm

The Digital Signature Algorithm attribute identifies the digital signature algorithm associated with a digitally signed object (e.g., Certificate).  This attribute SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

Digital Signature Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.7

Table 84: Digital Signature Algorithm Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

Yes for PGP keys. No for X.509 certificates.

When implicitly set

Certify, Re-certify, Register

Applies to Object Types

Certificates, PGP keys

Table 85: Digital Signature Algorithm Attribute Rules

3.17 Digest

The Digest attribute is a structure (see Table 86) that contains the digest value of the key or secret data (i.e., digest of the Key Material), certificate (i.e., digest of the Certificate Value), or opaque object (i.e., digest of the Opaque Data Value). If the Key Material is a Byte String, then the Digest Value SHALL be calculated on this Byte String. If the Key Material is a structure, then the Digest Value SHALL be calculated on the TTLV-encoded (see Section 9.1) Key Material structure. The Key Format Type field in the Digest attribute indicates the format of the Managed Object from which the Digest Value was calculated. Multiple digests MAY be calculated using different algorithms listed in Section 9.1.3.2.16 and/or key format types listed in Section 9.1.3.2.3. If this attribute exists, then it SHALL have a mandatory attribute instance computed with the SHA-256 hashing algorithm. For objects registered by a client, the server SHALL compute the digest of the mandatory attribute instance using the Key Format Type of the registered object. In all other cases, the server MAY use any Key Format Type when computing the digest of the mandatory attribute instance, provided it is able to serve the object to clients in that same format. The digest(s) are static and SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered, provided that the server has access to the Key Material or the Digest Value (possibly obtained via out-of-band mechanisms).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Digest

Structure

 

Hashing Algorithm

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.16

Yes

Digest Value

Byte String

Yes, if the server has access to the Digest Value or the Key Material (for keys and secret data), the Certificate Value (for certificates) or the Opaque Data Value (for opaque objects).

Key Format Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.3

Yes, if the Managed Object is a key or secret data object.

Table 86: Digest Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes, if the server has access to the Digest Value or the Key Material (for keys and secret data), the Certificate Value (for certificates) or the Opaque Data Value (for opaque objects).

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects, Opaque Objects

Table 87: Digest Attribute Rules

3.18 Operation Policy Name

The Operation Policy Name  Attribute is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification.

An operation policy controls what entities MAY perform which key management operations on the object. The content of the Operation Policy Name attribute is the name of a policy object known to the key management system and, therefore, is server dependent. The named policy objects are created and managed using mechanisms outside the scope of the protocol. The policies determine what entities MAY perform specified operations on the object, and which of the object’s attributes MAY be modified or deleted. The Operation Policy Name attribute SHOULD be set when operations that result in a new Managed Object on the server are executed. It is set either explicitly or via some default set by the server, which then applies the named policy to all subsequent operations on the object.

Object

Encoding

Operation Policy Name

Text String

Table 88: Operation Policy Name Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 89: Operation Policy Name Attribute Rules

3.18.1 Operations outside of operation policy control

Some of the operations SHOULD be allowed for any client at any time, without respect to operation policy. These operations are:

·         Create

·         Create Key Pair

·         Register

·         Certify

·         Re-certify

·         Validate

·         Query

·         Cancel

·         Poll

3.18.2 Default Operation Policy

A key management system implementation MAY implement a named operation policy, which is used for objects when the Operation Policy attribute is not specified by the Client in operations that result in a new Managed Object on the server, or in a template specified in these operations. This policy is named default. It specifies the following rules for operations on objects created or registered with this policy, depending on the object type.

3.18.2.1  Default Operation Policy for Secret Objects

This policy applies to Symmetric Keys, Private Keys, Split Keys, Secret Data, and Opaque Objects.

The Default Operation Policy for Template Objects is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification.

 

Default Operation Policy for Secret Objects

Operation

Policy

Re-key

Allowed to owner only

Re-key Key Pair

Allowed to owner only

Derive Key

Allowed to owner only

Locate

Allowed to owner only

Check

Allowed to owner only

Get

Allowed to owner only

Get Attributes

Allowed to owner only

Get Attribute List

Allowed to owner only

Add Attribute

Allowed to owner only

Modify Attribute

Allowed to owner only

Delete Attribute

Allowed to owner only

Obtain Lease

Allowed to owner only

Get Usage Allocation

Allowed to owner only

Activate

Allowed to owner only

Revoke

Allowed to owner only

Destroy

Allowed to owner only

Archive

Allowed to owner only

Recover

Allowed to owner only

Table 90: Default Operation Policy for Secret Objects

3.18.2.2 Default Operation Policy for Certificates and Public Key Objects

This policy applies to Certificates and Public Keys.

The Default Operation Policy for Template Objects is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification.

 

Default Operation Policy for Certificates and Public Key Objects

Operation

Policy

Locate

Allowed to all

Check

Allowed to all

Get

Allowed to all

Get Attributes

Allowed to all

Get Attribute List

Allowed to all

Add Attribute

Allowed to owner only

Modify Attribute

Allowed to owner only

Delete Attribute

Allowed to owner only

Obtain Lease

Allowed to all

Activate

Allowed to owner only

Revoke

Allowed to owner only

Destroy

Allowed to owner only

Archive

Allowed to owner only

Recover

Allowed to owner only

Table 91: Default Operation Policy for Certificates and Public Key Objects

3.18.2.3 Default Operation Policy for Template Objects

The Default Operation Policy for Template Objects is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification.

The operation policy specified as an attribute in the Register operation for a template object is the operation policy used for objects created using that template, and is not the policy used to control operations on the template itself. There is no mechanism to specify a policy used to control operations on template objects, so the default policy for template objects is always used for templates created by clients using the Register operation to create template objects.

Default Operation Policy for Private Template Objects

Operation

Policy

Locate

Allowed to owner only

Get

Allowed to owner only

Get Attributes

Allowed to owner only

Get Attribute List

Allowed to owner only

Add Attribute

Allowed to owner only

Modify Attribute

Allowed to owner only

Delete Attribute

Allowed to owner only

Destroy

Allowed to owner only

Any operation referencing the Template using a Template-Attribute

Allowed to owner only

Table 92: Default Operation Policy for Private Template Objects

In addition to private template objects (which are controlled by the above policy, and which MAY be created by clients or the server), publicly known and usable templates MAY be created and managed by the server, with a default policy different from private template objects.

Default Operation Policy for Public Template Objects

Operation

Policy

Locate

Allowed to all

Get

Allowed to all

Get Attributes

Allowed to all

Get Attribute List

Allowed to all

Add Attribute

Disallowed to all

Modify Attribute

Disallowed to all

Delete Attribute

Disallowed to all

Destroy

Disallowed to all

Any operation referencing the Template using a Template-Attribute

Allowed to all

Table 93: Default Operation Policy for Public Template Objects

3.19 Cryptographic Usage Mask

The Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute defines the cryptographic usage of a key. This is a bit mask that indicates to the client which cryptographic functions MAY be performed using the key, and which ones SHALL NOT be performed.

·         Sign

·         Verify

·         Encrypt

·         Decrypt

·         Wrap Key

·         Unwrap Key

·         Export

·         MAC Generate

·         MAC Verify

·         Derive Key

·         Content Commitment

·         Key Agreement

·         Certificate Sign

·         CRL Sign

·         Generate Cryptogram

·         Validate Cryptogram

·         Translate Encrypt

·         Translate Decrypt

·         Translate Wrap

·         Translate Unwrap

This list takes into consideration values that MAY appear in the Key Usage extension in an X.509 certificate. However, the list does not consider the additional usages that MAY appear in the Extended Key Usage extension.

X.509 Key Usage values SHALL be mapped to Cryptographic Usage Mask values in the following manner:

X.509 Key Usage to Cryptographic Usage Mask Mapping

X.509 Key Usage Value

Cryptographic Usage Mask Value

digitalSignature

Sign or Verify

contentCommitment

Content Commitment

(Non Repudiation)

keyEncipherment

Wrap Key or Unwrap Key

dataEncipherment

Encrypt or Decrypt

keyAgreement

Key Agreement

keyCertSign

Certificate Sign

cRLSign

CRL Sign

encipherOnly

Encrypt

decipherOnly

Decrypt

Table 94: X.509 Key Usage to Cryptographic Usage Mask Mapping

 

Object

Encoding

Cryptographic Usage Mask

Integer

Table 95: Cryptographic Usage Mask Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects, Templates

Table 96: Cryptographic Usage Mask Attribute Rules

3.20 Lease Time

The Lease Time attribute defines a time interval for a Managed Cryptographic Object beyond which the client SHALL NOT use the object without obtaining another lease. This attribute always holds the initial length of time allowed for a lease, and not the actual remaining time. Once its lease expires, the client is only able to renew the lease by calling Obtain Lease. A server SHALL store in this attribute the maximum Lease Time it is able to serve and a client obtains the lease time (with Obtain Lease) that is less than or equal to the maximum Lease Time. This attribute is read-only for clients. It SHALL be modified by the server only.

Object

Encoding

Lease Time

Interval

Table 97: Lease Time Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects

Table 98: Lease Time Attribute Rules

3.21 Usage Limits

The Usage Limits attribute is a mechanism for limiting the usage of a Managed Cryptographic Object. It only applies to Managed Cryptographic Objects that are able to be used for applying cryptographic protection and it SHALL only reflect their usage for applying that protection (e.g., encryption, signing, etc.). This attribute does not necessarily exist for all Managed Cryptographic Objects, since some objects are able to be used without limit for cryptographically protecting data, depending on client/server policies. Usage for processing cryptographically protected data (e.g., decryption, verification, etc.) is not limited. The Usage Limits attribute has the three following fields:

·         Usage Limits Total – the total number of Usage Limits Units allowed to be protected. This is the total value for the entire life of the object and SHALL NOT be changed once the object begins to be used for applying cryptographic protection.

·         Usage Limits Count – the currently remaining number of Usage Limits Units allowed to be protected by the object.

·         Usage Limits Unit – The type of quantity for which this structure specifies a usage limit (e.g., byte, object).

When the attribute is initially set (usually during object creation or registration), the Usage Limits Count is set to the Usage Limits Total value allowed for the useful life of the object, and are decremented when the object is used. The server SHALL ignore the Usage Limits Count value if the attribute is specified in an operation that creates a new object. Changes made via the Modify Attribute operation reflect corrections to the Usage Limits Total value, but they SHALL NOT be changed once the Usage Limits Count value has changed by a Get Usage Allocation operation. The Usage Limits Count value SHALL NOT be set or modified by the client via the Add Attribute or Modify Attribute operations.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Usage Limits

Structure

 

Usage Limits Total

Long Integer

Yes

Usage Limits Count

Long Integer

Yes

Usage Limits Unit

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.31

Yes

Table 99: Usage Limits Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server (Total, Count, and Unit) or Client (Total and/or Unit only)

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes (Total and/or Unit only, as long as Get Usage Allocation has not been performed)

Deletable by client

Yes, as long as Get Usage Allocation has not been performed

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Get Usage Allocation

Applies to Object Types

Keys, Templates

Table 100: Usage Limits Attribute Rules

3.22 State

Figure 1: Cryptographic Object States and TransitionsThis attribute is an indication of the State of an object as known to the key management server. The State SHALL NOT be changed by using the Modify Attribute operation on this attribute. The State SHALL only be changed by the server as a part of other operations or other server processes. An object SHALL be in one of the following states at any given time. (Note: These states correspond to those described in [SP800-57-1]).

·         Pre-Active: The object exists and SHALL NOT be used for any cryptographic purpose.

·         Description: figure1Active: The object SHALL be transitioned to the Active state prior to being used for any cryptographic purpose. The object SHALL only be used for all cryptographic purposes that are allowed by its Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. If a Process Start Date (see 3.25) attribute is set, then the object SHALL NOT be used for cryptographic purposes prior to the Process Start Date. If a Protect Stop Date (see 3.26) attribute is set, then the object SHALL NOT be used for cryptographic purposes after the Process Stop Date.

·         Deactivated: The object SHALL NOT be used for applying cryptographic protection (e.g., encryption, signing, wrapping, MACing, deriving) . The object SHALL only be used for cryptographic purposes permitted by the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. The object SHOULD only be used to process cryptographically-protected information (e.g., decryption, signature verification, unwrapping, MAC verification under extraordinary circumstances and when special permission is granted.

·         Compromised: The object SHALL NOT be used for applying cryptographic protection (e.g., encryption, signing, wrapping, MACing, deriving). The object SHOULD only be used to process cryptographically-protected information (e.g., decryption, signature verification, unwrapping, MAC verification in a client that is trusted to use managed objects that have been compromised. The object SHALL only be used for cryptographic purposes permitted by the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute.

·         Destroyed: The object SHALL NOT be used for any cryptographic purpose.

·         Destroyed Compromised: The object SHALL NOT be used for any cryptographic purpose; however its compromised status SHOULD be retained for audit or security purposes.

State transitions occur as follows:

1.     The transition from a non-existent key to the Pre-Active state is caused by the creation of the object. When an object is created or registered, it automatically goes from non-existent to Pre-Active. If, however, the operation that creates or registers the object contains an Activation Date that has already occurred, then the state immediately transitions from Pre-Active to Active. In this case, the server SHALL set the Activation Date attribute to the value specified in the request, or fail the request attempting to create or register the object, depending on server policy. If the operation contains an Activation Date attribute that is in the future, or contains no Activation Date, then the Cryptographic Object is initialized in the key management system in the Pre-Active state.

2.     The transition from Pre-Active to Destroyed is caused by a client issuing a Destroy operation. The server destroys the object when (and if) server policy dictates.

3.     The transition from Pre-Active to Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason of Compromised.

4.     The transition from Pre-Active to Active SHALL occur in one of three ways:

·         The Activation Date is reached,

·         A client successfully issues a Modify Attribute operation, modifying the Activation Date to a date in the past, or the current date, or

·         A client issues an Activate operation on the object. The server SHALL set the Activation Date to the time the Activate operation is received.

5.     The transition from Active to Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason of Compromised.

6.     The transition from Active to Deactivated SHALL occur in one of three ways:

·         The object's Deactivation Date is reached,

·         A client issues a Revoke operation, with a Revocation Reason other than Compromised, or

·         The client successfully issues a Modify Attribute operation, modifying the Deactivation Date to a date in the past, or the current date.

7.     The transition from Deactivated to Destroyed is caused by a client issuing a Destroy operation, or by a server, both in accordance with server policy. The server destroys the object when (and if) server policy dictates.

8.     The transition from Deactivated to Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason of Compromised.

9.     The transition from Compromised to Destroyed Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Destroy operation, or by a server, both in accordance with server policy. The server destroys the object when (and if) server policy dictates.

10.  The transition from Destroyed to Destroyed Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason of Compromised.

Only the transitions described above are permitted.

Object

Encoding

State

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.18

Table 101: State Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No, but only by the server in response to certain requests (see above)

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Activate, Revoke, Destroy, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects

Table 102: State Attribute Rules

3.23 Initial Date

The Initial Date attribute contains the date and time when the Managed Object was first created or registered at the server. This time corresponds to state transition 1 (see Section 3.22). This attribute SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered, and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed. This attribute is also set for non-cryptographic objects (e.g., templates) when they are first registered with the server.

Object

Encoding

Initial Date

Date-Time

Table 103: Initial Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 104: Initial Date Attribute Rules

3.24 Activation Date

The Activation Date attribute contains the date and time when the Managed Cryptographic Object MAY begin to be used. This time corresponds to state transition 4 (see Section 3.22). The object SHALL NOT be used for any cryptographic purpose before the Activation Date has been reached. Once the state transition from Pre-Active has occurred, then this attribute SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

Activation Date

Date-Time

Table 105: Activation Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes, only while in Pre-Active state

Modifiable by client

Yes, only while in Pre-Active state

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Activate Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects, Templates

Table 106: Activation Date Attribute Rules

3.25 Process Start Date

The Process Start Date attribute is the date and time when a Managed Symmetric Key Object MAY begin to be used to process cryptographically protected information (e.g., decryption or unwrapping), depending on the value of its Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. The object SHALL NOT be used for these cryptographic purposes before the Process Start Date has been reached. This value MAY be equal to or later than, but SHALL NOT precede, the Activation Date. Once the Process Start Date has occurred, then this attribute SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

Process Start Date

Date-Time

Table 107: Process Start Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as long as the Process Start Date has been not reached.

Modifiable by client

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as long as the Process Start Date has been not reached.

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Register, Derive Key, Re-key

Applies to Object Types

Symmetric Keys, Split Keys of symmetric keys, Templates

Table 108: Process Start Date Attribute Rules

3.26 Protect Stop Date

The Protect Stop Date attribute is the date and time after which a Managed Symmetric Key Object SHALL NOT be used for applying cryptographic protection (e.g., encryption or wrapping), depending on the value of its Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. This value MAY be equal to or earlier than, but SHALL NOT be later than the Deactivation Date. Once the Protect Stop Date has occurred, then this attribute SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Object

Encoding

Protect Stop Date

Date-Time

Table 109: Protect Stop Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as long as the Protect Stop Date has not been reached.

Modifiable by client

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as long as the Protect Stop Date has not been reached.

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Register, Derive Key, Re-key

Applies to Object Types

Symmetric Keys, Split Keys of symmetric keys, Templates

Table 110: Protect Stop Date Attribute Rules

3.27 Deactivation Date

The Deactivation Date attribute is the date and time when the Managed Cryptographic Object SHALL NOT be used for any purpose, except for decryption, signature verification, or unwrapping, but only under extraordinary circumstances and only when special permission is granted. This time corresponds to state transition 6 (see Section 3.22). This attribute SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed, unless the object is in the Pre-Active or Active state.

Object

Encoding

Deactivation Date

Date-Time

Table 111: Deactivation Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state

Modifiable by client

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Revoke Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects, Templates

Table 112: Deactivation Date Attribute Rules

3.28 Destroy Date

The Destroy Date attribute is the date and time when the Managed Object was destroyed. This time corresponds to state transitions 2, 7, or 9 (see Section 3.22). This value is set by the server when the object is destroyed due to the reception of a Destroy operation, or due to server policy or out-of-band administrative action.

Object

Encoding

Destroy Date

Date-Time

Table 113: Destroy Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Destroy

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects, Opaque Objects

Table 114: Destroy Date Attribute Rules

3.29 Compromise Occurrence Date

The Compromise Occurrence Date attribute is the date and time when the Managed Cryptographic Object was first believed to be compromised. If it is not possible to estimate when the compromise occurred, then this value SHOULD be set to the Initial Date for the object.

Object

Encoding

Compromise Occurrence Date

Date-Time

Table 115: Compromise Occurrence Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Revoke

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects, Opaque Object

Table 116: Compromise Occurrence Date Attribute Rules

3.30 Compromise Date

The Compromise Date attribute contains the date and time when the Managed Cryptographic Object entered into the compromised state. This time corresponds to state transitions 3, 5, 8, or 10 (see Section 3.22). This time indicates when the key management system was made aware of the compromise, not necessarily when the compromise occurred. This attribute is set by the server when it receives a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason of Compromised code, or due to server policy or out-of-band administrative action.

Object

Encoding

Compromise Date

Date-Time

Table 117: Compromise Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Revoke

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects, Opaque Object

Table 118: Compromise Date Attribute Rules

3.31 Revocation Reason

The Revocation Reason attribute is a structure (see Table 119) used to indicate why the Managed Cryptographic Object was revoked (e.g., “compromised”, “expired”, “no longer used”, etc.). This attribute is only set by the server as a part of the Revoke Operation.

The Revocation Message is an OPTIONAL field that is used exclusively for audit trail/logging purposes and MAY contain additional information about why the object was revoked (e.g., “Laptop stolen”, or “Machine decommissioned”).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Revocation Reason

Structure

 

Revocation Reason Code

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.19

Yes

Revocation Message

Text String

No

Table 119: Revocation Reason Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Revoke

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects, Opaque Object

Table 120: Revocation Reason Attribute Rules

3.32 Archive Date

The Archive Date attribute is the date and time when the Managed Object was placed in archival storage. This value is set by the server as a part of the Archive operation. The server SHALL delete this attribute whenever a Recover operation is performed.

Object

Encoding

Archive Date

Date-Time

Table 121: Archive Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Archive

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 122: Archive Date Attribute Rules

3.33 Object Group

An object MAY be part of a group of objects. An object MAY belong to more than one group of objects. To assign an object to a group of objects, the object group name SHOULD be set into this attribute. “default” is a reserved Text String for Object Group.

Object

Encoding

Object Group

Text String

Table 123: Object Group Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 124: Object Group Attribute Rules

3.34 Fresh

The Fresh attribute is a Boolean attribute that indicates that the object has not yet been served to a client. The Fresh attribute SHALL be set to True when a new object is created on the server. The server SHALL change the attribute value to False as soon as the object has been served to a client.

Object

Encoding

Fresh

Boolean

Table 125: Fresh Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects

Table 126: Fresh Attribute Rules

3.35 Link

The Link attribute is a structure (see Table 127) used to create a link from one Managed Cryptographic Object to another, closely related target Managed Cryptographic Object. The link has a type, and the allowed types differ, depending on the Object Type of the Managed Cryptographic Object, as listed below. The Linked Object Identifier identifies the target Managed Cryptographic Object by its Unique Identifier. The link contains information about the association between the Managed Cryptographic Objects (e.g., the private key corresponding to a public key; the parent certificate for a certificate in a chain; or for a derived symmetric key, the base key from which it was derived).

Possible values of Link Type in accordance with the Object Type of the Managed Cryptographic Object are:

·         Private Key Link: For a Public Key object: the private key corresponding to the public key.

·         Public Key Link: For a Private Key object: the public key corresponding to the private key. For a Certificate object: the public key contained in the certificate.

·         Certificate Link: For Certificate objects: the parent certificate for a certificate in a certificate chain. For Public Key objects: the corresponding certificate(s), containing the same public key.

·         Derivation Base Object Link: For a derived Symmetric Key or Secret Data object: the object(s) from which the current symmetric key was derived.

·         Derived Key Link: the symmetric key(s) or Secret Data object(s) that were derived from the current object.

·         Replacement Object Link: For a Symmetric Key, an Asymmetric Private Key, or an Asymmetric Public Key object: the key that resulted from the re-key of the current key. For a Certificate object: the certificate that resulted from the re-certify. Note that there SHALL be only one such replacement object per Managed Object.

·         Replaced Object Link: For a Symmetric Key, an Asymmetric Private Key, or an Asymmetric Public Key object: the key that was re-keyed to obtain the current key. For a Certificate object: the certificate that was re-certified to obtain the current certificate.

·         Parent Link: For all object types: the owner, container or other parent object corresponding to the object.

·         Child Link: For all object types: the subordinate, derived or other child object corresponding to the object.

·         Previous Link: For all object types: the previous object to this object.

·         Next Link: For all object types: the next object to this object.

The Link attribute SHOULD be present for private keys and public keys for which a certificate chain is stored by the server, and for certificates in a certificate chain.

Note that it is possible for a Managed Object to have multiple instances of the Link attribute (e.g., a Private Key has links to the associated certificate, as well as the associated public key; a Certificate object has links to both the public key and to the certificate of the certification authority (CA) that signed the certificate).

It is also possible that a Managed Object does not have links to associated cryptographic objects. This MAY occur in cases where the associated key material is not available to the server or client (e.g., the registration of a CA Signer certificate with a server, where the corresponding private key is held in a different manner).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Link

Structure

 

Link Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.20

Yes

Linked Object Identifier, see 3.1

Text String

Yes

Table 127: Link Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects

Table 128: Link Attribute Structure Rules

3.36 Application Specific Information

The Application Specific Information attribute is a structure (see Table 129) used to store data specific to the application(s) using the Managed Object. It consists of the following fields: an Application Namespace and Application Data specific to that application namespace.

Clients MAY request to set (i.e., using any of the operations that result in new Managed Object(s) on the server or adding/modifying the attribute of an existing Managed Object) an instance of this attribute with a particular Application Namespace while omitting Application Data. In that case, if the server supports this namespace (as indicated by the Query operation in Section 4.25), then it SHALL return a suitable Application Data value. If the server does not support this namespace, then an error SHALL be returned.

 

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Application Specific Information

Structure

 

Application Namespace

Text String

Yes

Application Data

Text String

No

Table 129: Application Specific Information Attribute

 

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server (only if the Application Data is omitted, in the client request)

Modifiable by server

Yes (only if the Application Data is omitted in the client request)

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 130: Application Specific Information Attribute Rules

3.37 Contact Information

The Contact Information attribute is OPTIONAL, and its content is used for contact purposes only. It is not used for policy enforcement. The attribute is set by the client or the server.

Object

Encoding

Contact Information

Text String

Table 131: Contact Information Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 132: Contact Information Attribute Rules

3.38 Last Change Date

The Last Change Date attribute contains the date and time of the last change  of the specified object.

Object

Encoding

Last Change Date

Date-Time

Table 133: Last Change Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Activate, Revoke, Destroy, Archive, Recover, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Add Attribute, Modify Attribute, Delete Attribute, Get Usage Allocation

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 134: Last Change Date Attribute Rules

3.39 Custom Attribute

A Custom Attribute is a client- or server-defined attribute intended for vendor-specific purposes. It is created by the client and not interpreted by the server, or is created by the server and MAY be interpreted by the client. All custom attributes created by the client SHALL adhere to a naming scheme, where the name of the attribute SHALL have a prefix of 'x-'. All custom attributes created by the key management server SHALL adhere to a naming scheme where the name of the attribute SHALL have a prefix of 'y-'. The server SHALL NOT accept a client-created or modified attribute, where the name of the attribute has a prefix of ‘y-‘. The tag type Custom Attribute is not able to identify the particular attribute; hence such an attribute SHALL only appear in an Attribute Structure with its name as defined in Section 2.1.1.

Object

Encoding

 

Custom Attribute

Any data type or structure. If a structure, then the structure SHALL NOT include sub structures

The name of the attribute SHALL start with 'x-' or 'y-'.

Table 135 Custom Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes, for server-created attributes

Modifiable by client

Yes, for client-created attributes

Deletable by client

Yes, for client-created attributes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Activate, Revoke, Destroy, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 136: Custom Attribute Rules

3.40 Alternative Name

The Alternative Name attribute is used to identify and locate the object. This attribute is assigned by the client, and the Alternative Name Value is intended to be in a form that humans are able to interpret. The key management system MAY specify rules by which the client creates valid alternative names. Clients are informed of such rules by a mechanism that is not specified by this standard. Alternative Names MAY NOT be unique within a given key management domain.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Alternative Name

Structure

 

Alternative Name Value

Text String

Yes

Alternative Name Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.34

Yes

Table 137: Alternative Name Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

Yes (Only if no value present)

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 138: Alternative Name Attribute Rules

3.41 Key Value Present

Key Value Present is an OPTIONAL attribute of the managed object created by the server. It SHALL NOT be specified by the client in a Register request. Key Value Present SHALL be created by the server if the Key Value is absent from the Key Block in a Register request. The value of Key Value Present SHALL NOT be modified by either the client or the server. Key Value Present attribute MAY be used as a part of the Locate operation. This attribute does not apply to Templates, Certificates, Public Keys or Opaque Objects.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Value Present

Boolean

 No

Table 139: Key Value Present Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

During Register operation

Applies to Object Types

Symmetric Key, Private Key, Split Key, Secret Data

Table 140: Key Value Present Attribute Rules

3.42 Key Value Location

Key Value Location is an OPTIONAL attribute of a managed object. It MAY be specified by the client when the Key Value is omitted from the Key Block in a Register request. Key Value Location is used to indicate the location of the Key Value absent from the object being registered. This attribute does not apply to Templates, Certificates, Public Keys or Opaque Objects.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Value Location

Structure

 

Key Value Location Value

Text String

Yes

Key Value Location Type

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.35

Yes

Table 141: Key Value Location Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Never

Applies to Object Types

Symmetric Key, Private Key, Split Key, Secret Data

Table 142: Key Value Location Attribute Rules

3.43 Original Creation Date

The Original Creation Date attribute contains the date and time the object was originally created, which can be different from when the object is registered with a key management server.

It is OPTIONAL for an object being registered by a client. The Original Creation Date MAY be set by the client during a Register operation. If no Original Creation Date attribute was set by the client during a Register operation, it MAY do so at a later time through an Add Attribute operation for that object.

It is mandatory for an object created on the server as a result of a Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, or Re-key Key Pair operation. In such cases the Original Creation Date SHALL be set by the server and SHALL be the same as the Initial Date attribute.

In all cases, once the Original Creation Date is set, it SHALL NOT be deleted or updated.

Object

Encoding

Original Creation Date

Date-Time

Table 143: Original Creation Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server (when object is generated by Server)

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 144: Original Creation Date Attribute Rules

3.44 Random Number Generator

The Random Number Generator attribute contains the details of the random number generator used during the creation of the managed cryptographic object.

It is OPTIONAL for a managed cryptographic object being registered by a client. The Random Number Generator MAY be set by the client during a Register operation. If no Random Number Generator attribute was set by the client during a Register operation, it MAY do so at a later time through an Add Attribute operation for that object.

It is mandatory for an object created on the server as a result of a Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, or Re-key Key Pair operation. In such cases the Random Number Generator SHALL be set by the server depending on which random number generator was used. If the specific details of the random number generator are unknown then the RNG Algorithm within the RNG Parameters structure SHALL be set to Unspecified.

If one or more Random Number Generator attribute values are provided in the template attributes (either directly or via reference to templates which contain Random Number Generator attribute values) in a Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, or Re-key Key Pair operation then the server SHALL use a random number generator that matches one of the Random Number Generator attributes. If the server does not support or is otherwise unable to use a matching random number generator then it SHALL fail the request.

The Random Number Generator attribute SHALL NOT be copied from the original object in a Re-key or Re-key Key Pair operation.

In all cases, once the Random Number Generator attribute is set, it SHALL NOT be deleted or updated.

Object

Encoding

Random Number Generator

RNG Parameters (see 2.1.18)

Table 145: Random Number Generator Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client (when the object is generated by the Client and registered) or Server (when object is generated by Server)

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Cryptographic Objects

Table 146: Random Number Generator Attribute Rules

4      Client-to-Server Operations

The following subsections describe the operations that MAY be requested by a key management client. Not all clients have to be capable of issuing all operation requests; however any client that issues a specific request SHALL be capable of understanding the response to the request. All Object Management operations are issued in requests from clients to servers, and results obtained in responses from servers to clients. Multiple operations MAY be combined within a batch, resulting in a single request/response message pair.

A number of the operations whose descriptions follow are affected by a mechanism referred to as the ID Placeholder.

The key management server SHALL implement a temporary variable called the ID Placeholder. This value consists of a single Unique Identifier. It is a variable stored inside the server that is only valid and preserved during the execution of a batch of operations. Once the batch of operations has been completed, the ID Placeholder value SHALL be discarded and/or invalidated by the server, so that subsequent requests do not find this previous ID Placeholder available.

The ID Placeholder is obtained from the Unique Identifier returned in response to the Create, Create Pair, Register, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Certify, Re-Certify, Locate, and Recover operations. If any of these operations successfully completes and returns a Unique Identifier, then the server SHALL copy this Unique Identifier into the ID Placeholder variable, where it is held until the completion of the operations remaining in the batched request or until a subsequent operation in the batch causes the ID Placeholder to be replaced. If the Batch Error Continuation Option is set to Stop and the Batch Order Option is set to true, then subsequent operations in the batched request MAY make use of the ID Placeholder by omitting the Unique Identifier field from the request payloads for these operations.

Requests MAY contain attribute values to be assigned to the object. This information is specified with a Template-Attribute (see Section 2.1.8) that contains zero or more template names and zero or more individual attributes. If more than one template name is specified, and there is a conflict between the single-instance attributes in the templates, then the value in the last of the conflicting templates takes precedence. If there is a conflict between the single-instance attributes in the request and the single-instance attributes in a specified template, then the attribute values in the request take precedence. For multi-instance attributes, the union of attribute values is used when the attributes are specified more than once.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Responses MAY contain attribute values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the server. This information is specified with a Template-Attribute that contains one or more individual attributes.

For any operations that operate on Managed Objects already stored on the server, any archived object SHALL first be made available by a Recover operation (see Section 4.23) before they MAY be specified (i.e., as on-line objects).

Multi-part cryptographic operations (operations where a stream of data is provided across multiple requests from a client to a server) are optionally supported by those cryptographic operations that include the Correlation Value (see section 2.1.15), Init Indicator (see section 2.1.16) and Final Indicator (see section 2.1.17) request parameters.

For multi-part cryptographic operations the following sequence is performed

  1. On the first request

a.     Provide an Init Indicator with a value of True

b.    Provide any other required parameters

c.     Preserve the Correlation Value returned in the response for use in subsequent requests

d.    Use the Data output (if any) from the response

  1. On subsequent requests

a.     Provide the Correlation Value from the response to the first request

b.    Provide any other required parameters

c.     Use the next block of Data output (if any) from the response

  1. On the final request

a.     Provide the Correlation Value from the response to the first request

b.    Provide a Final Indicator with a value of True

c.     Use the final block of Data output (if any) from the response

Single-part cryptographic operations (operations where a single input is provided and a single response returned) the following sequence is performed:

  1. On each request

a.     Do not provide an Init Indicator, Final Indicator or Correlation Value or provide an Init indicator and Final Indicator but no Correlation Value.

b.    Provide any other required parameters

c.     Use the Data output from the response

Data is always required in cryptographic operations except when either Init Indicator or Final Indicator is true.

4.1 Create

This operation requests the server to generate a new symmetric key as a Managed Cryptographic Object. This operation is not used to create a Template object (see Register operation, Section 4.3).

The request contains information about the type of object being created, and some of the attributes to be assigned to the object (e.g., Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.). This information MAY be specified by the names of Template objects that already exist.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the created object. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type, see 3.3

Yes

Determines the type of object to be created.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

Yes

Specifies desired attributes using to be associated with the new object templates and/or individual attributes.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 147: Create Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type, see 3.3

Yes

Type of object created.

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly created object.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of object attributes with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management server.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 148: Create Response Payload

Table 149 indicates which attributes SHALL be included in the Create request using the Template-Attribute object.

Attribute

REQUIRED

Cryptographic Algorithm, see 3.4

Yes

Cryptographic Usage Mask, see 3.19

Yes

Table 149: Create Attribute Requirements

4.2 Create Key Pair

This operation requests the server to generate a new public/private key pair and register the two corresponding new Managed Cryptographic Objects.

The request contains attributes to be assigned to the objects (e.g., Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.). Attributes and Template Names MAY be specified for both keys at the same time by specifying a Common Template-Attribute object in the request. Attributes not common to both keys (e.g., Name, Cryptographic Usage Mask) MAY be specified using the Private Key Template-Attribute and Public Key Template-Attribute objects in the request, which take precedence over the Common Template-Attribute object.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

For the Private Key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Public Key pointing to the Public Key. For the Public Key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Private Key pointing to the Private Key. The response contains the Unique Identifiers of both created objects. The ID Placeholder value SHALL be set to the Unique Identifier of the Private Key.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Common Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

Specifies desired attributes in templates and/or as individual attributes to be associated with the new object that apply to both the Private and Public Key Objects.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Private Key Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

Specifies templates and/or attributes to be associated with the new object that apply to the Private Key Object. Order of precedence applies.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Public Key Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

Specifies templates and/or attributes to be associated with the new object that apply to the Public Key Object. Order of precedence applies.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 150: Create Key Pair Request Payload

For multi-instance attributes, the union of the values found in the templates and attributes of the Common, Private, and Public Key Template-Attribute SHALL be used. For single-instance attributes, the order of precedence is as follows:

1.     attributes specified explicitly in the Private and Public Key Template-Attribute, then

2.     attributes specified via templates in the Private and Public Key Template-Attribute, then

3.     attributes specified explicitly in the Common Template-Attribute, then

4.     attributes specified via templates in the Common Template-Attribute.

If there are multiple templates in the Common, Private, or Public Key Template-Attribute, then the last value of the single-instance attribute that conflicts takes precedence.

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Private Key Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly created Private Key object.

Public Key Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly created Public Key object.

Private Key Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of attributes, for the Private Key Object, with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management server.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Public Key Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of attributes, for the Public Key Object, with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management server.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 151: Create Key Pair Response Payload

Table 152 indicates which attributes SHALL be included in the Create Key pair request using Template-Attribute objects, as well as which attributes SHALL have the same value for the Private and Public Key.

Attribute

REQUIRED

SHALL contain the same value for both Private and Public Key

Cryptographic Algorithm, see 3.4

Yes

Yes

Cryptographic Length, see 3.5

No

Yes

Cryptographic Usage Mask, see 3.19

Yes

No

Cryptographic Domain Parameters, see 3.7

No

Yes

Cryptographic Parameters, see 3.6

No

Yes

Table 152: Create Key Pair Attribute Requirements

Setting the same Cryptographic Length value for both private and public key does not imply that both keys are of equal length. For RSA, Cryptographic Length corresponds to the bit length of the Modulus. For DSA and DH algorithms, Cryptographic Length corresponds to the bit length of parameter P, and the bit length of Q is set separately in the Cryptographic Domain Parameters attribute. For ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV algorithms, Cryptographic Length corresponds to the bit length of parameter Q.

4.3 Register

This operation requests the server to register a Managed Object that was created by the client or obtained by the client through some other means, allowing the server to manage the object. The arguments in the request are similar to those in the Create operation, but contain the object itself for storage by the server.

The request contains information about the type of object being registered and attributes to be assigned to the object (e.g., Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.). This information SHALL be specified by the use of a Template-Attribute object.

The response contains the Unique Identifier assigned by the server to the registered object. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operations into the ID Placeholder variable. The Initial Date attribute of the object SHALL be set to the current time.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type, see 3.3

Yes

Determines the type of object being registered.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

Yes

Specifies desired object attributes to be associated with the new object using templates and/or individual attributes.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Certificate, Symmetric Key, Private Key, Public Key, Split Key, Template Secret Data or Opaque Object, see 2.2

Yes

The object being registered. The object and attributes MAY be wrapped.

Table 153: Register Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly registered object.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of object attributes with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management server.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 154: Register Response Payload

If a Managed Cryptographic Object is registered, then the following attributes SHALL be included in the Register request, either explicitly, or via specification of a template that contains the attribute.

Attribute

REQUIRED

Cryptographic Algorithm, see 3.4

Yes, MAY be omitted only if this information is encapsulated in the Key Block. Does not apply to Secret Data. If present, then Cryptographic Length below SHALL also be present.

Cryptographic Length, see 3.5

 

Yes, MAY be omitted only if this information is encapsulated in the Key Block. Does not apply to Secret Data. If present, then Cryptographic Algorithm above SHALL also be present.

Certificate Length, see 3.9

Yes. Only applies to Certificates.

Cryptographic Usage Mask, see 3.19

Yes.

Digital Signature Algorithm, see 3.16

Yes, MAY be omitted only if this information is encapsulated in the Certificate object. Only applies to Certificates.

Table 155: Register Attribute Requirements

4.4 Re-key

This request is used to generate a replacement key for an existing symmetric key. It is analogous to the Create operation, except that attributes of the replacement key are copied from the existing key, with the exception of the attributes listed in

Random Number Generator, see 3.44

Set to the random number generator used for creating the new managed object. Not copied from the original object.

Table 157.

As the replacement key takes over the name attribute of the existing key, Re-key SHOULD only be performed once on a given key.

The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier of the replacement key returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

For the existing key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replacement Object pointing to the replacement key. For the replacement key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replaced Key pointing to the existing key.

An Offset MAY be used to indicate the difference between the Initialization Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key. If no Offset is specified, the Activation Date, Process Start Date, Protect Stop Date and Deactivation Date values are copied from the existing key. If Offset is set and dates exist for the existing key, then the dates of the replacement key SHALL be set based on the dates of the existing key as follows:

Attribute in Existing Key

Attribute in Replacement Key

Initial Date (IT1)

Initial Date (IT2) > IT1

Activation Date (AT1)

Activation Date (AT2) =  IT2+ Offset

Process Start Date (CT1)

Process Start Date = CT1+(AT2- AT1)

Protect Stop Date (TT1)

Protect Stop Date = TT1+(AT2- AT1)

Deactivation Date (DT1)

Deactivation Date = DT1+(AT2- AT1)

Table 156: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-key

Attributes requiring special handling when creating the replacement key are:

Attribute

Action

Initial Date, see 3.23

Set to the current time

Destroy Date, see 3.28

Not set

Compromise Occurrence Date, see 3.29

Not set

Compromise Date, see 3.30

Not set

Revocation Reason, see 3.31

Not set

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

New value generated

Usage Limits, see 3.21

The Total value is copied from the existing key, and the Count value in the existing key is set to the Total value.

Name, see 3.2

Set to the name(s) of the existing key; all name attributes are removed from the existing key.

State, see 3.22

Set based on attributes values, such as dates, as shown in Table 156

Digest, see 3.16

Recomputed from the replacement key value

Link, see 3.35

Set to point to the existing key as the replaced key

Last Change Date, see 3.38

Set to current time

Random Number Generator, see 3.44

Set to the random number generator used for creating the new managed object. Not copied from the original object.

Table 157: Re-key Attribute Requirements

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the existing Symmetric Key being re-keyed. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Offset

No

An Interval object indicating the difference between the Initialization Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key to be created.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

Specifies desired object attributes using templates and/or individual attributes.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 158: Re-key Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly-created replacement Symmetric Key.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of object attributes with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management server.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 159: Re-key Response Payload

4.5 Re-key Key Pair

This request is used to generate a replacement key pair for an existing public/private key pair.  It is analogous to the Create Key Pair operation, except that attributes of the replacement key pair are copied from the existing key pair, with the exception of the attributes listed in

Random Number Generator, see 3.44

Set to the random number generator used for creating the new managed object. Not copied from the original object.

Table 161.

As the replacement of the key pair takes over the name attribute for the existing public/private key pair, Re-key Key Pair SHOULD only be performed once on a given key pair.

For both the existing public key and private key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replacement Key pointing to the replacement public and private key, respectively. For both the replacement public and private key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replaced Key pointing to the existing public and private key, respectively.

The server SHALL copy the Private Key Unique Identifier of the replacement private key returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

An Offset MAY be used to indicate the difference between the Initialization Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key pair. If no Offset is specified, the Activation Date and Deactivation Date values are copied from the existing key pair. If Offset is set and dates exist for the existing key pair, then the dates of the replacement key pair SHALL be set based on the dates of the existing key pair as follows

Attribute in Existing Key Pair

Attribute in Replacement Key Pair

Initial Date (IT1)

Initial Date (IT2) > IT1

Activation Date (AT1)

Activation Date (AT2) =  IT2+ Offset

Deactivation Date (DT1)

Deactivation Date = DT1+(AT2- AT1)

Table 160: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-key Key Pair

Attributes for the replacement key pair that are not copied from the existing key pair and which are handled in a specific way are:

Attribute

Action

Private Key Unique Identifier, see 3.1

New value generated

Public Key Unique Identifier, see 3.1

New value generated

Name, see 3.2

Set to the name(s) of the existing public/private keys; all name attributes of the existing public/private keys are removed.

Digest, see 3.17

Recomputed for both replacement public and private keys from the new public and private key values

Usage Limits, see 3.21

The Total Bytes/Total Objects value is copied from the existing key pair, while the Byte Count/Object Count values are set to the Total Bytes/Total Objects.

State, see 3.22

Set based on attributes values, such as dates, as shown in Table 160.

Initial Date, see 3.23

Set to the current time

Destroy Date, see 3.28

Not set

Compromise Occurrence Date, see 3.29

Not set

Compromise Date, see 3.30

Not set

Revocation Reason, see 3.31

Not set

Link, see 3.35

Set to point to the existing public/private keys as the replaced public/private keys

Last Change Date, see 3.38

Set to current time

Random Number Generator, see 3.44

Set to the random number generator used for creating the new managed object. Not copied from the original object.

Table 161: Re-key Key Pair Attribute Requirements

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Private Key Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the existing Asymmetric key pair to be re-keyed.  If omitted, then the ID Placeholder is substituted by the server.

Offset

No

An Interval object indicating the difference between the Initialization date and the Activation Date of the replacement key pair to be created.

Common Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

Specifies desired attributes in templates and/or as individual attributes that apply to both the Private and Public Key Objects.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Private Key Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

Specifies templates and/or attributes that apply to the Private Key Object. Order of precedence applies.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Public Key Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

Specifies templates and/or attributes that apply to the Public Key Object. Order of precedence applies.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 162: Re-key Key Pair Request Payload

For multi-instance attributes, the union of the values found in the templates and attributes of the Common, Private, and Public Key Template-Attribute is used. For single-instance attributes, the order of precedence is as follows:

1.     attributes specified explicitly in the Private and Public Key Template-Attribute, then

2.     attributes specified via templates in the Private and Public Key Template-Attribute, then

3.     attributes specified explicitly in the Common Template-Attribute, then

4.     attributes specified via templates in the Common Template-Attribute.

If there are multiple templates in the Common, Private, or Public Key Template-Attribute, then the subsequent value of the single-instance attribute takes precedence.

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Private Key Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly created replacement Private Key object.

Public Key Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly created replacement Public Key object.

Private Key Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of attributes, for the Private Key Object, with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management server.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Public Key Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of attributes, for the Public Key Object, with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management server.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 163: Re-key Key Pair Response Payload

4.6 Derive Key

This request is used to derive a Symmetric Key or Secret Data object from keys or Secret Data objects that are already known to the key management system. The request SHALL only apply to Managed Cryptographic Objects that have the Derive Key bit set in the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute of the specified Managed Object (i.e., are able to be used for key derivation). If the operation is issued for an object that does not have this bit set, then the server SHALL return an error. For all derivation methods, the client SHALL specify the desired length of the derived key or Secret Data object using the Cryptographic Length attribute. If a key is created, then the client SHALL specify both its Cryptographic Length and Cryptographic Algorithm. If the specified length exceeds the output of the derivation method, then the server SHALL return an error. Clients MAY derive multiple keys and IVs by requesting the creation of a Secret Data object and specifying a Cryptographic Length that is the total length of the derived object. If the specified length exceeds the output of the derivation method, then the server SHALL return an error.

The fields in the request specify the Unique Identifiers of the keys or Secret Data objects to be used for derivation (e.g., some derivation methods MAY use multiple keys or Secret Data objects to derive the result), the method to be used to perform the derivation, and any parameters needed by the specified method. The method is specified as an enumerated value. Currently defined derivation methods include:

·         PBKDF2 – This method is used to derive a symmetric key from a password or pass phrase. The PBKDF2 method is published in [PKCS#5] and [RFC2898].

·         HASH – This method derives a key by computing a hash over the derivation key or the derivation data.

·         HMAC – This method derives a key by computing an HMAC over the derivation data.

·         ENCRYPT – This method derives a key by encrypting the derivation data.

·         NIST800-108-C – This method derives a key by computing the KDF in Counter Mode as specified in [SP800-108].

·         NIST800-108-F – This method derives a key by computing the KDF in Feedback Mode as specified in [SP800-108].

·         NIST800-108-DPI – This method derives a key by computing the KDF in Double-Pipeline Iteration Mode as specified in [SP800-108].

·         Extensions.

The server SHALL perform the derivation function, and then register the derived object as a new Managed Object, returning the new Unique Identifier for the new object in the response. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

For the keys or Secret Data objects from which the key or Secret Data object is derived, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Derived Key pointing to the Symmetric Key or Secret Data object derived as a result of this operation. For the Symmetric Key or Secret Data object derived as a result of this operation, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Derivation Base Object pointing to the keys or Secret Data objects from which the key or Secret Data object is derived.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type, see 3.3

Yes

Determines the type of object to be created.

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes. MAY be repeated

Determines the object or objects to be used to derive a new key. Note that the current value of the ID Placeholder SHALL NOT be used in place of a Unique Identifier in this operation.

Derivation Method, see 9.1.3.2.21

Yes

An Enumeration object specifying the method to be used to derive the new key.

Derivation Parameters, see below

Yes

A Structure object containing the parameters needed by the specified derivation method.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

Yes

Specifies desired attributes to be associated with the new object using templates and/or individual attributes; the length and algorithm SHALL always be specified for the creation of a symmetric key.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 164: Derive Key Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly derived key or Secret Data object.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of object attributes with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management server.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 165: Derive Key Response Payload

The Derivation Parameters for all derivation methods consist of the following parameters, except PBKDF2, which takes two additional parameters.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Derivation Parameters

Structure

Yes.

Cryptographic Parameters, see 3.6

Structure

Yes, except for HMAC derivation keys.

Initialization Vector

Byte String

No, depends on PRF and mode of operation: empty IV is assumed if not provided.

Derivation Data

Byte String

Yes, unless the Unique Identifier of a Secret Data object is provided.

Table 166: Derivation Parameters Structure (Except PBKDF2)

Cryptographic Parameters identify the Pseudorandom Function (PRF) or the mode of operation of the PRF (e.g., if a key is to be derived using the HASH derivation method, then clients are REQUIRED to indicate the hash algorithm inside Cryptographic Parameters; similarly, if a key is to be derived using AES in CBC mode, then clients are REQUIRED to indicate the Block Cipher Mode). The server SHALL verify that the specified mode matches one of the instances of Cryptographic Parameters set for the corresponding key. If Cryptographic Parameters are omitted, then the server SHALL select the Cryptographic Parameters with the lowest Attribute Index for the specified key. If the corresponding key does not have any Cryptographic Parameters attribute, or if no match is found, then an error is returned.

If a key is derived using HMAC, then the attributes of the derivation key provide enough information about the PRF, and the Cryptographic Parameters are ignored.

Derivation Data is either the data to be encrypted, hashed, or HMACed. For the NIST SP 800-108 methods [SP800-108], Derivation Data is Label||{0x00}||Context, where the all-zero byte is OPTIONAL.

Most derivation methods (e.g., Encrypt) REQUIRE a derivation key and the derivation data to be used. The HASH derivation method REQUIRES either a derivation key or derivation data. Derivation data MAY either be explicitly provided by the client with the Derivation Data field or implicitly provided by providing the Unique Identifier of a Secret Data object. If both are provided, then an error SHALL be returned.

The PBKDF2 derivation method takes two additional parameters:

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Derivation Parameters

Structure

Yes.

Cryptographic Parameters, see 3.6

Structure

No, depends on the PRF.

Initialization Vector

Byte String

No, depends on the PRF (if different than those defined in [PKCS#5]) and mode of operation: an empty IV is assumed if not provided.

Derivation Data

Byte String

Yes, unless the Unique Identifier of a Secret Data object is provided.

Salt

Byte String

Yes.

Iteration Count

Integer

Yes.

Table 167: PBKDF2 Derivation Parameters Structure

4.7 Certify

This request is used to generate a Certificate object for a public key. This request supports the certification of a new public key, as well as the certification of a public key that has already been certified (i.e., certificate update). Only a single certificate SHALL be requested at a time. Server support for this operation is OPTIONAL. If the server does not support this operation, an error SHALL be returned.

The Certificate Request object MAY be omitted, in which case the public key for which a Certificate object is generated SHALL be specified by its Unique Identifier only. If the Certificate Request Type and the Certificate Request objects are omitted from the request, then the Certificate Type SHALL be specified using the Template-Attribute object.

The Certificate Request is passed as a Byte String, which allows multiple certificate request types for X.509 certificates (e.g., PKCS#10, PEM, etc.) to be submitted to the server.

The generated Certificate object whose Unique Identifier is returned MAY be obtained by the client via a Get operation in the same batch, using the ID Placeholder mechanism.

For the public key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Certificate pointing to the generated certificate. For the generated certificate, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Public Key pointing to the Public Key.

The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier of the generated certificate returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

If the information in the Certificate Request conflicts with the attributes specified in the Template-Attribute, then the information in the Certificate Request takes precedence.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the Public Key being certified. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Certificate Request Type, see 9.1.3.2.22

No

An Enumeration object specifying the type of certificate request. It is REQUIRED if the Certificate Request is present.

Certificate Request

No

A Byte String object with the certificate request.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

Specifies desired object attributes using templates and/or individual attributes.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 168: Certify Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the generated Certificate object.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of object attributes with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management server.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 169: Certify Response Payload

4.8 Re-certify

This request is used to renew an existing certificate for the same key pair. Only a single certificate SHALL be renewed at a time. Server support for this operation is OPTIONAL. If the server does not support this operation, an error SHALL be returned.

The Certificate Request object MAY be omitted, in which case the public key for which a Certificate object is generated SHALL be specified by its Unique Identifier only. If the Certificate Request Type and the Certificate Request objects are omitted and the Certificate Type is not specified using the Template-Attribute object in the request, then the Certificate Type of the new certificate SHALL be the same as that of the existing certificate.

The Certificate Request is passed as a Byte String, which allows multiple certificate request types for X.509 certificates (e.g., PKCS#10, PEM, etc.) to be submitted to the server.

The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier of the new certificate returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

If the information in the Certificate Request field in the request conflicts with the attributes specified in the Template-Attribute, then the information in the Certificate Request takes precedence.

As the new certificate takes over the name attribute of the existing certificate, Re-certify SHOULD only be performed once on a given (existing) certificate.

For the existing certificate, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replacement pointing to the new certificate. For the new certificate, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replaced pointing to the existing certificate. For the public key, the server SHALL change the Link attribute of Link Type Certificate to point to the new certificate.

An Offset MAY be used to indicate the difference between the Initialization Date and the Activation Date of the new certificate. If no Offset is specified, the Activation Date and Deactivation Date values are copied from the existing certificate. If Offset is set and dates exist for the existing certificate, then the dates of the new certificate SHALL be set based on the dates of the existing certificate as follows:

Attribute in Existing Certificate

Attribute in New Certificate

Initial Date (IT1)

Initial Date (IT2) > IT1

Activation Date (AT1)

Activation Date (AT2) =  IT2+ Offset

Deactivation Date (DT1)

Deactivation Date = DT1+(AT2- AT1)

Table 170: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-certify

Attributes that are not copied from the existing certificate and that are handled in a specific way for the new certificate are:

Attribute

Action

Initial Date, see 3.23

Set to current time.

Destroy Date, see 3.28

Not set.

Revocation Reason, see 3.31

Not set.

Unique Identifier, see 3.2

New value generated.

Name, see 3.2

Set to the name(s) of the existing certificate; all name attributes are removed from the existing certificate.

State, see 3.22

Set based on attributes values, such as dates, as shown in Table 170.

Digest, see 3.16

Recomputed from the new certificate value.

Link, see 3.35

Set to point to the existing certificate as the replaced certificate.

Last Change Date, see 3.38

Set to current time.

Table 171: Re-certify Attribute Requirements

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the Certificate being renewed. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Certificate Request Type, see 9.1.3.2.22

No

An Enumeration object specifying the type of certificate request. It is REQUIRED if the Certificate Request is present.

Certificate Request

No

A Byte String object with the certificate request.

Offset

No

An Interval object indicating the difference between the Initial Date of the new certificate and the Activation Date of the new certificate.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

Specifies desired object attributes using templates and/or individual attributes.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 172: Re-certify Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the new certificate.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of object attributes with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management server.

The Template Managed Object is deprecated as of version 1.3 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification. Individual Attributes SHOULD be used in operations which currently support use of a Name within a Template-Attribute to reference a Template.

Table 173: Re-certify Response Payload

4.9 Locate

This operation requests that the server search for one or more Managed Objects, depending on the attributes specified in the request. All attributes are allowed to be used. However, Attribute Index values SHOULD NOT be specified in the request. Attribute Index values that are provided SHALL be ignored by the server. The request MAY contain a Maximum Items field, which specifies the maximum number of objects to be returned. If the Maximum Items field is omitted, then the server MAY return all objects matched, or MAY impose an internal maximum limit due to resource limitations.

The request MAY contain an Offset Items field, which specifies the number of objects to skip that satisfy the identification criteria specified in the request. An Offset Items field of 0 is the same as omitting the Offset Items field. If both Offset Items and Maximum Items are specified in the request, the server skips Offset Items objects and returns up to Maximum Items objects.

If more than one object satisfies the identification criteria specified in the request, then the response MAY contain Unique Identifiers for multiple Managed Objects. Returned objects SHALL match all of the attributes in the request. If no objects match, then an empty response payload is returned. If no attribute is specified in the request, any object SHALL be deemed to match the Locate request. The response MAY include Located Items which is the count of all objects that satisfy the identification criteria.

The server returns a list of Unique Identifiers of the found objects, which then MAY be retrieved using the Get operation. If the objects are archived, then the Recover and Get operations are REQUIRED to be used to obtain those objects. If a single Unique Identifier is returned to the client, then the server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.  If the Locate operation matches more than one object, and the Maximum Items value is omitted in the request, or is set to a value larger than one, then the server SHALL empty the ID Placeholder, causing any subsequent operations that are batched with the Locate, and which do not specify a Unique Identifier explicitly, to fail. This ensures that these batched operations SHALL proceed only if a single object is returned by Locate.

Wild-cards or regular expressions (defined, e.g., in [ISO/IEC 9945-2]) MAY be supported by specific key management system implementations for matching attribute fields when the field type is a Text String or a Byte String.

The Date attributes in the Locate request (e.g., Initial Date, Activation Date, etc.) are used to specify a time or a time range for the search. If a single instance of a given Date attribute is used in the request (e.g., the Activation Date), then objects with the same Date attribute are considered to be matching candidate objects. If two instances of the same Date attribute are used (i.e., with two different values specifying a range), then objects for which the Date attribute is inside or at a limit of the range are considered to be matching candidate objects. If a Date attribute is set to its largest possible value, then it is equivalent to an undefined attribute. The KMIP Usage Guide [KMIP-UG] provides examples.

When the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute is specified in the request, candidate objects are compared against this field via an operation that consists of a logical AND of the requested mask with the mask in the candidate object, and then a comparison of the resulting value with the requested mask. For example, if the request contains a mask value of 10001100010000, and a candidate object mask contains 10000100010000, then the logical AND of the two masks is 10000100010000, which is compared against the mask value in the request (10001100010000) and the match fails. This means that a matching candidate object has all of the bits set in its mask that are set in the requested mask, but MAY have additional bits set.

When the Usage Limits attribute is specified in the request, matching candidate objects SHALL have a Usage Limits Count and Usage Limits Total equal to or larger than the values specified in the request.

When an attribute that is defined as a structure is specified, all of the structure fields are not REQUIRED to be specified. For instance, for the Link attribute, if the Linked Object Identifier value is specified without the Link Type value, then matching candidate objects have the Linked Object Identifier as specified, irrespective of their Link Type.

When the Object Group attribute and the Object Group Member flag are specified in the request, and the value specified for Object Group Member is ‘Group Member Fresh’, matching candidate objects SHALL be fresh objects (see 3.34) from the object group. If there are no more fresh objects in the group, the server MAY choose to generate a new object on-the-fly, based on server policy. If the value specified for Object Group Member is ‘Group Member Default’, the server locates the default object as defined by server policy.

The Storage Status Mask field (see Section 9.1.3.3.2) is used to indicate whether only on-line objects, only archived objects, or both on-line and archived objects are to be searched. Note that the server MAY store attributes of archived objects in order to expedite Locate operations that search through archived objects.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Maximum Items

No

An Integer object that indicates the maximum number of object identifiers the server MAY return.

Offset Items

No

An Integer object that indicates the number of object identifiers to skip that satisfy the identification criteria specified in the request.

Storage Status Mask, see 9.1.3.3.2

No

An Integer object (used as a bit mask) that indicates whether only on-line objects, only archived objects, or both on-line and archived objects are to be searched. If omitted, then on-line only is assumed.

Object Group Member, see 9.1.3.2.33

No

An Enumeration object that indicates the object group member type.

Attribute, see 3

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an attribute and its value(s) that are REQUIRED to match those in a candidate object (according to the matching rules defined above).

Table 174: Locate Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Located Items

No

An Integer object that indicates the number of object identifiers that satisfy the identification criteria specified in the request. A server MAY elect to omit this value from the Response if it is unable or unwilling to determine the total count of matched items.

A server MAY elect to return the Located Items value even if Offset Items is not present in the Request.

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No, MAY be repeated

The Unique Identifier of the located objects.

Table 175: Locate Response Payload

4.10 Check

This operation requests that the server check for the use of a Managed Object according to values specified in the request. This operation SHOULD only be used when placed in a batched set of operations, usually following a Locate, Create, Create Pair, Derive Key, Certify, Re-Certify, Re-key or Re-key Key Pair operation, and followed by a Get operation.

If the server determines that the client is allowed to use the object according to the specified attributes, then the server returns the Unique Identifier of the object.

If the server determines that the client is not allowed to use the object according to the specified attributes, then the server empties the ID Placeholder and does not return the Unique Identifier, and the operation returns the set of attributes specified in the request that caused the server policy denial. The only attributes returned are those that resulted in the server determining that the client is not allowed to use the object, thus allowing the client to determine how to proceed. 

In a batch containing a Check operation the Batch Order Option SHOULD be set to true. Only STOP or UNDO Batch Error Continuation Option values SHOULD be used by the client in such a batch. Additional attributes that MAY be specified in the request are limited to:

·         Usage Limits Count (see Section 3.21) – The request MAY contain the usage amount that the client deems necessary to complete its needed function. This does not require that any subsequent Get Usage Allocation operations request this amount. It only means that the client is ensuring that the amount specified is available.

·         Cryptographic Usage Mask – This is used to specify the cryptographic operations for which the client intends to use the object (see Section 3.19). This allows the server to determine if the policy allows this client to perform these operations with the object. Note that this MAY be a different value from the one specified in a Locate operation that precedes this operation. Locate, for example, MAY specify a Cryptographic Usage Mask requesting a key that MAY be used for both Encryption and Decryption, but the value in the Check operation MAY specify that the client is only using the key for Encryption at this time.

·         Lease Time – This specifies a desired lease time (see Section 3.20). The client MAY use this to determine if the server allows the client to use the object with the specified lease or longer. Including this attribute in the Check operation does not actually cause the server to grant a lease, but only indicates that the requested lease time value MAY be granted if requested by a subsequent, batched Obtain Lease operation.

Note that these objects are not encoded in an Attribute structure as shown in Section 2.1.1

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object being checked. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Usage Limits Count, see 3.21

No

Specifies the number of Usage Limits Units to be protected to be checked against server policy.

Cryptographic Usage Mask, see 3.19

No

Specifies the Cryptographic Usage for which the client intends to use the object.

Lease Time, see 3.20

No

Specifies a Lease Time value that the Client is asking the server to validate against server policy.

Table 176: Check Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes, unless a failure,

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Usage Limits Count, see 3.21

No

Returned by the Server if the Usage Limits value specified in the Request Payload is larger than the value that the server policy allows.

Cryptographic Usage Mask, see 3.19

No

Returned by the Server if the Cryptographic Usage Mask specified in the Request Payload is rejected by the server for policy violation.

Lease Time, see 3.20

No

Returned by the Server if the Lease Time value in the Request Payload is larger than a valid Lease Time that the server MAY grant.

Table 177: Check Response Payload

4.11 Get

This operation requests that the server returns the Managed Object specified by its Unique Identifier.

Only a single object is returned. The response contains the Unique Identifier of the object, along with the object itself, which MAY be wrapped using a wrapping key as specified in the request.

The following key format capabilities SHALL be assumed by the client; restrictions apply when the client  requests the server to return an object in a particular format:

·         If a client registered a key in a given format, the server SHALL be able to return the key during the Get operation in the same format that was used when the key was registered.

·         Any other format conversion MAY be supported by the server.

 

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object being requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Key Format Type, see 9.1.3.2.3

No

Determines the key format type to be returned.

Key Compression Type, see 9.1.3.2.2

No

Determines the compression method for elliptic curve public keys.

Key Wrapping Specification, see 2.1.6

No

Specifies keys and other information for wrapping the returned object. This field SHALL NOT be specified if the requested object is a Template.

Table 178: Get Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type, see 3.3

Yes

Type of object.

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Certificate, Symmetric Key, PGP Key, Private Key, Public Key, Split Key, Template, Secret Data, or Opaque Object, see 2.2

Yes

The object being returned.

Table 179: Get Response Payload

4.12 Get Attributes

This operation requests one or more attributes associated with a Managed Object. The object is specified by its Unique Identifier, and the attributes are specified by their name in the request. If a specified attribute has multiple instances, then all instances are returned. If a specified attribute does not exist (i.e., has no value), then it SHALL NOT be present in the returned response. If no requested attributes exist, then the response SHALL consist only of the Unique Identifier. If no attribute name is specified in the request, all attributes SHALL be deemed to match the Get Attributes request. The same attribute name SHALL NOT be present more than once in a request.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object whose attributes are being requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier. 

Attribute Name, see 2.1.1

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the name of an attribute associated with the object.

Table 180: Get Attributes Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Attribute, see 2.1.1

No, MAY be repeated

The requested attribute associated with the object.

Table 181: Get Attributes Response Payload

4.13 Get Attribute List

This operation requests a list of the attribute names associated with a Managed Object. The object is specified by its Unique Identifier.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object whose attribute names are being requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier. 

Table 182: Get Attribute List Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Attribute Name, see 2.1.1

Yes, MAY be repeated

The names of the available attributes associated with the object.

Table 183: Get Attribute List Response Payload

4.14 Add Attribute

This operation requests the server to add a new attribute instance to be associated with a Managed Object and set its value. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object to which the attribute pertains, along with the attribute name and value. For single-instance attributes, this is how the attribute value is created. For multi-instance attributes, this is how the first and subsequent values are created. Existing attribute values SHALL only be changed by the Modify Attribute operation. Read-Only attributes SHALL NOT be added using the Add Attribute operation. The Attribute Index SHALL NOT be specified in the request. The response returns a new Attribute Index and the Attribute Index MAY be omitted if the index of the added attribute instance is 0. Multiple Add Attribute requests MAY be included in a single batched request to add multiple attributes.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the object. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier. 

Attribute, see 2.1.1

Yes

Specifies the attribute to be added as an attribute for the object.

Table 184: Add Attribute Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Attribute, see 2.1.1

Yes

The added attribute associated with the object.

Table 185: Add Attribute Response Payload

4.15 Modify Attribute

This operation requests the server to modify the value of an existing attribute instance associated with a Managed Object. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object whose attribute is to be modified, the attribute name, the OPTIONAL Attribute Index, and the new value. If no Attribute Index is specified in the request, then the Attribute Index SHALL be assumed to be 0. Only existing attributes MAY be changed via this operation. New attributes SHALL only be added by the Add Attribute operation. Only the specified instance of the attribute SHALL be modified. Specifying an Attribute Index for which there exists no Attribute object SHALL result in an error. The response returns the modified Attribute (new value) and the Attribute Index MAY be omitted if the index of the modified attribute instance is 0. Multiple Modify Attribute requests MAY be included in a single batched request to modify multiple attributes.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the object. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Attribute, see 2.1.1

Yes

Specifies the attribute associated with the object to be modified.

Table 186: Modify Attribute Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Attribute, see 2.1.1

Yes

The modified attribute associated with the object with the new value.

Table 187: Modify Attribute Response Payload

4.16 Delete Attribute

This operation requests the server to delete an attribute associated with a Managed Object. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object whose attribute is to be deleted, the attribute name, and the OPTIONAL Attribute Index of the attribute. If no Attribute Index is specified in the request, then the Attribute Index SHALL be assumed to be 0. Attributes that are always REQUIRED to have a value SHALL never be deleted by this operation. Attempting to delete a non-existent attribute or specifying an Attribute Index for which there exists no Attribute Value SHALL result in an error. The response returns the deleted Attribute and the Attribute Index MAY be omitted if the index of the deleted attribute instance is 0. Multiple Delete Attribute requests MAY be included in a single batched request to delete multiple attributes.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object whose attributes are being deleted. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier. 

Attribute Name, see 2.1.1

Yes

Specifies the name of the attribute associated with the object to be deleted.

Attribute Index, see 2.1.1

No

Specifies the Index of the Attribute.

Table 188: Delete Attribute Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Attribute, see 2.1.1

Yes

The deleted attribute associated with the object.

Table 189: Delete Attribute Response Payload

4.17 Obtain Lease

This operation requests the server to obtain a new Lease Time for a specified Managed Object. The Lease Time is an interval value that determines when the client's internal cache of information about the object expires and needs to be renewed. If the returned value of the lease time is zero, then the server is indicating that no lease interval is effective, and the client MAY use the object without any lease time limit.  If a client's lease expires, then the client SHALL NOT use the associated cryptographic object until a new lease is obtained. If the server determines that a new lease SHALL NOT be issued for the specified cryptographic object, then the server SHALL respond to the Obtain Lease request with an error.

The response payload for the operation contains the current value of the Last Change Date attribute for the object. This MAY be used by the client to determine if any of the attributes cached by the client need to be refreshed, by comparing this time to the time when the attributes were previously obtained.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object for which the lease is being obtained. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Table 190: Obtain Lease Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Lease Time, see 3.20

Yes

An interval (in seconds) that specifies the amount of time that the object MAY be used until a new lease needs to be obtained.

Last Change Date, see 3.38

Yes

The date and time indicating when the latest change was made to the contents or any attribute of the specified object.

Table 191: Obtain Lease Response Payload

4.18 Get Usage Allocation

This operation requests the server to obtain an allocation from the current Usage Limits value to allow the client to use the Managed Cryptographic Object for applying cryptographic protection. The allocation only applies to Managed Cryptographic Objects that are able to be used for applying protection (e.g., symmetric keys for encryption, private keys for signing, etc.) and is only valid if the Managed Cryptographic Object has a Usage Limits attribute. Usage for processing cryptographically protected information (e.g., decryption, verification, etc.) is not limited and is not able to be allocated. A Managed Cryptographic Object that has a Usage Limits attribute SHALL NOT be used by a client for applying cryptographic protection unless an allocation has been obtained using this operation. The operation SHALL only be requested during the time that protection is enabled for these objects (i.e., after the Activation Date and before the Protect Stop Date). If the operation is requested for an object that has no Usage Limits attribute, or is not an object that MAY be used for applying cryptographic protection, then the server SHALL return an error.

The field in the request specifies the number of units that the client needs to protect. If the requested amount is not available or if the Managed Object is not able to be used for applying cryptographic protection at this time, then the server SHALL return an error. The server SHALL assume that the entire allocated amount is going to be consumed. Once the entire allocated amount has been consumed, the client SHALL NOT continue to use the Managed Cryptographic Object for applying cryptographic protection until a new allocation is obtained.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object whose usage allocation is being requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder is substituted by the server.

Usage Limits Count, see Usage Limits Count field in 3.21

Yes

The number of Usage Limits Units to be protected.

Table 192: Get Usage Allocation Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 193: Get Usage Allocation Response Payload

4.19 Activate

This operation requests the server to activate a Managed Cryptographic Object. The request SHALL NOT specify a Template object. The operation SHALL only be performed on an object in the Pre-Active state and has the effect of changing its state to Active, and setting its Activation Date to the current date and time.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object being activated. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Table 194: Activate Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 195: Activate Response Payload

4.20 Revoke

This operation requests the server to revoke a Managed Cryptographic Object or an Opaque Object. The request SHALL NOT specify a Template object. The request contains a reason for the revocation (e.g., “key compromise”, “cessation of operation”, etc.). Special authentication and authorization SHOULD be enforced to perform this request (see [KMIP-UG]). Only the object owner or an authorized security officer SHOULD be allowed to issue this request. The operation has one of two effects. If the revocation reason is “key compromise” or “CA compromise”, then the object is placed into the “compromised” state; the ,   Date is set to the current date and time; and the Compromise Occurrence Date is set to the value (if provided) in the Revoke request and if a value is not provided in the Revoke request then Compromise Occurrence Date SHOULD be set to the Initial Date for the object. If the revocation reason is neither “key compromise” nor “CA compromise”, the object is placed into the “deactivated” state, and the Deactivation Date is set to the current date and time.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object being revoked. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Revocation Reason, see 3.31

Yes

Specifies the reason for revocation.

Compromise Occurrence Date, see 3.29

No

SHOULD be specified if the Revocation Reason is 'key compromise' or ‘CA compromise’.

Table 196: Revoke Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 197: Revoke Response Payload

4.21 Destroy

This operation is used to indicate to the server that the key material for the specified Managed Object SHALL be destroyed. The meta-data for the key material MAY be retained by the server (e.g., used to ensure that an expired or revoked private signing key is no longer available). Special authentication and authorization SHOULD be enforced to perform this request (see [KMIP-UG]). Only the object owner or an authorized security officer SHOULD be allowed to issue this request. If the Unique Identifier specifies a Template object, then the object itself, including all meta-data, SHALL be destroyed. Cryptographic Objects MAY only be destroyed if they are in either Pre-Active or Deactivated state.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object being destroyed. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Table 198: Destroy Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 199: Destroy Response Payload

4.22 Archive

This operation is used to specify that a Managed Object MAY be archived. The actual time when the object is archived, the location of the archive, or level of archive hierarchy is determined by the policies within the key management system and is not specified by the client. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object. Special authentication and authorization SHOULD be enforced to perform this request (see [KMIP-UG]). Only the object owner or an authorized security officer SHOULD be allowed to issue this request. This request is only an indication from a client that, from its point of view, the key management system MAY archive the object.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object being archived. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Table 200: Archive Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 201: Archive Response Payload

4.23 Recover

This operation is used to obtain access to a Managed Object that has been archived. This request MAY need asynchronous polling to obtain the response due to delays caused by retrieving the object from the archive. Once the response is received, the object is now on-line, and MAY be obtained (e.g., via a Get operation). Special authentication and authorization SHOULD be enforced to perform this request (see [KMIP-UG]).

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Determines the object being recovered. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Table 202: Recover Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 203: Recover Response Payload

4.24 Validate

This operation requests the server to validate a certificate chain and return information on its validity. Only a single certificate chain SHALL be included in each request. Support for this operation at the server is OPTIONAL. If the server does not support this operation, an error SHALL be returned.

The request MAY contain a list of certificate objects, and/or a list of Unique Identifiers that identify Managed Certificate objects. Together, the two lists compose a certificate chain to be validated. The request MAY also contain a date for which all certificates in the certificate chain are REQUIRED to be valid.

The method or policy by which validation is conducted is a decision of the server and is outside of the scope of this protocol. Likewise, the order in which the supplied certificate chain is validated and the specification of trust anchors used to terminate validation are also controlled by the server.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Certificate, see 2.2.1

No, MAY be repeated

One or more Certificates.

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No, MAY be repeated

One or more Unique Identifiers of Certificate Objects.

Validity Date

No

A Date-Time object indicating when the certificate chain needs to be valid. If omitted, the current date and time SHALL be assumed.

Table 204: Validate Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Validity Indicator, see 9.1.3.2.23

Yes

An Enumeration object indicating whether the certificate chain is valid, invalid, or unknown.

Table 205: Validate Response Payload

4.25 Query

This operation is used by the client to interrogate the server to determine its capabilities and/or protocol mechanisms. The Query operation SHOULD be invocable by unauthenticated clients to interrogate server features and functions. The Query Function field in the request SHALL contain one or more of the following items:

·         Query Operations

·         Query Objects

·         Query Server Information

·         Query Application Namespaces

·         Query Extension List

·         Query Extension Map

·         Query Attestation Types

·         Query RNGs

·         Query Validations

·         Query Profiles

·         Query Capabilities

·         Query Client Registration Methods

The Operation fields in the response contain Operation enumerated values, which SHALL list all the operations that the server supports. If the request contains a Query Operations value in the Query Function field, then these fields SHALL be returned in the response.

The Object Type fields in the response contain Object Type enumerated values, which SHALL list all the object types that the server supports. If the request contains a Query Objects value in the Query Function field, then these fields SHALL be returned in the response.

The Server Information field in the response is a structure containing vendor-specific fields and/or substructures. If the request contains a Query Server Information value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response.

The Application Namespace fields in the response contain the namespaces that the server SHALL generate values for if requested by the client (see Section 3.36). These fields SHALL only be returned in the response if the request contains a Query Application Namespaces value in the Query Function field.

The Extension Information fields in the response contain the descriptions of Objects with Item Tag values in the Extensions range that are supported by the server (see Section 2.1.9). If the request contains a Query Extension List and/or Query Extension Map value in the Query Function field, then the Extensions Information fields SHALL be returned in the response. If the Query Function field contains the Query Extension Map value, then the Extension Tag and Extension Type fields SHALL be specified in the Extension Information values. If both Query Extension List and Query Extension Map are specified in the request, then only the response to Query Extension Map SHALL be returned and the Query Extension List SHALL be ignored.

The Attestation Type fields in the response contain Attestation Type enumerated values, which SHALL list all the attestation types that the server supports. If the request contains a Query Attestation Types value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server supports any Attestation Types.

The RNG Parameters fields in the response SHALL list all the Random Number Generators that the server supports. If the request contains a Query RNGs value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response. If the server is unable to specify details of the RNG then it SHALL return an RNG Parameters with the RNG Algorithm enumeration of Unspecified.

The Validation Information field in the response is a structure containing details of each formal validation which the server asserts. If the request contains a Query Validations value, then zero or more Validation Information fields SHALL be returned in the response. A server MAY elect to return no validation information in the response.

A Profile Information field in the response is a structure containing details of the profiles that a server supports including potentially how it supports that profile. If the request contains a Query Profiles value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server supports any Profiles.

The Capability Information fields in the response contain details of the capability of the server.

The Client Registration Method fields in the response contain Client Registration Method enumerated values, which SHALL list all the client registration methods that the server supports. If the request contains a Query Client Registration Methods value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server supports any Client Registration Methods.

Note that the response payload is empty if there are no values to return.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Query Function, see 9.1.3.2.24

Yes, MAY be Repeated

Determines the information being queried.

Table 206: Query Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Operation, see 9.1.3.2.27

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an Operation that is supported by the server.

Object Type, see 3.3

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies a Managed Object Type that is supported by the server.

Vendor Identification

No

SHALL be returned if Query Server Information is requested. The Vendor Identification SHALL be a text string that uniquely identifies the vendor.

Server Information

No

Contains vendor-specific information possibly be of interest to the client.

Application Namespace, see 3.36

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an Application Namespace supported by the server.

Extension Information, see 2.1.9

No, MAY be repeated

SHALL be returned if Query Extension List or Query Extension Map is requested and supported by the server.

Attestation Type, see 9.1.3.2.36

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an Attestation Type that is supported by the server.

RNG Parameters, see 2.1.18

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the RNG that is supported by the server.

Profile Information, see 2.1.19

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the Profiles that are supported by the server.

Validation Information, see 2.1.20

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the validations that are supported by the server.

Capability Information, see 2.1.21

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the capabilities that are supported by the server.

Client Registration Method, see 9.1.3.2.47

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies a Client Registration Method that is supported by the server.

Table 207: Query Response Payload

4.26 Discover Versions

This operation is used by the client to determine a list of protocol versions that is supported by the server. The request payload contains an OPTIONAL list of protocol versions that is supported by the client. The protocol versions SHALL be ranked in decreasing order of preference.

The response payload contains a list of protocol versions that are supported by the server. The protocol versions are ranked in decreasing order of preference. If the client provides the server with a list of supported protocol versions in the request payload, the server SHALL return only the protocol versions that are supported by both the client and server. The server SHOULD list all the protocol versions supported by both client and server. If the protocol version specified in the request header is not specified in the request payload and the server does not support any protocol version specified in the request payload, the server SHALL return an empty list in the response payload. If no protocol versions are specified in the request payload, the server SHOULD return all the protocol versions that are supported by the server.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Protocol Version, see 6.1

No, MAY be Repeated

The list of protocol versions supported by the client ordered in decreasing order of preference.

Table 208: Discover Versions Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Protocol Version, see 6.1

No, MAY be repeated

The list of protocol versions supported by the server ordered in decreasing order of preference.

Table 209: Discover Versions Response Payload

4.27 Cancel

This operation requests the server to cancel an outstanding asynchronous operation. The correlation value (see Section 6.8) of the original operation SHALL be specified in the request. The server SHALL respond with a Cancellation Result that contains one of the following values:

·         Canceled – The cancel operation succeeded in canceling the pending operation.

·         Unable To Cancel – The cancel operation is unable to cancel the pending operation.

·         Completed – The pending operation completed successfully before the cancellation operation was able to cancel it.

·         Failed – The pending operation completed with a failure before the cancellation operation was able to cancel it.

·         Unavailable – The specified correlation value did not match any recently pending or completed asynchronous operations.

 The response to this operation is not able to be asynchronous.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Asynchronous Correlation Value, see 6.8

Yes

Specifies the request being canceled.

Table 210: Cancel Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Asynchronous Correlation Value, see 6.8

Yes

Specified in the request.

Cancellation Result, see 9.1.3.2.25

Yes

Enumeration indicating the result of the cancellation.

Table 211: Cancel Response Payload

4.28 Poll

This operation is used to poll the server in order to obtain the status of an outstanding asynchronous operation. The correlation value (see Section 6.8) of the original operation SHALL be specified in the request. The response to this operation SHALL NOT be asynchronous.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Asynchronous Correlation Value, see 6.8

Yes

Specifies the request being polled.

Table 212: Poll Request Payload

The server SHALL reply with one of two responses:

If the operation has not completed, the response SHALL contain no payload and a Result Status of Pending.

If the operation has completed, the response SHALL contain the appropriate payload for the operation. This response SHALL be identical to the response that would have been sent if the operation had completed synchronously.

4.29 Encrypt

This operation requests the server to perform an encryption operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the encryption operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (mode and padding method), the data to be encrypted, and the IV/Counter/Nonce to use. The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object. The IV/Counter/Nonce MAY also be omitted from the request if the cryptographic parameters indicate that the server shall generate a Random IV on behalf of the client or the encryption algorithm does not need an IV/Counter/Nonce. The server does not store or otherwise manage the IV/Counter/Nonce.

If the Managed Cryptographic Object referenced has a Usage Limits attribute then the server SHALL obtain an allocation from the current Usage Limits value prior to performing the encryption operation. If the allocation is unable to be obtained the operation SHALL return with a result status of Operation Failed and result reason of Permission Denied.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the encryption operation.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the encryption operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters, see 3.6

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Block Cipher Mode, Padding Method, RandomIV) corresponding to the particular encryption method requested. If omitted then the Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object with the lowest Attribute Index SHALL be used.

If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be encrypted (as a Byte String).

IV/Counter/Nonce

No

The initialization vector, counter or nonce to be used (where appropriate).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator, see 2.1.16

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator, see 2.1.17

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 213: Encrypt Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that was the key used for the encryption operation.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The encrypted data (as a Byte String).

IV/Counter/Nonce

No

The value used if the Cryptographic Parameters specified Random IV and the IV/Counter/Nonce value was not provided in the request and the algorithm requires the provision of an IV/Counter/Nonce.

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 214: Encrypt Response Payload

4.30 Decrypt

This operation requests the server to perform a decryption operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the decryption operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (mode and padding method), the data to be decrypted, and the IV/Counter/Nonce to use. The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object. The initialization vector/counter/nonce MAY also be omitted from the request if the algorithm does not use an IV/Counter/Nonce.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the decryption operation.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the decryption operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters, see 3.6

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Block Cipher Mode, Padding Method) corresponding to the particular decryption method requested. If omitted then the Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object with the lowest Attribute Index SHALL be used.

If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be decrypted (as a Byte String).

IV/Counter/Nonce

No

The initialization vector, counter or nonce to be used (where appropriate).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator, see 2.1.16

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator, see 2.1.17

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 215: Decrypt Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key used for the decryption operation.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The decrypted data (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 216: Decrypt Response Payload

4.31 Sign

This operation requests the server to perform a signature operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the signature operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (digital signature algorithm or cryptographic algorithm and hash algorithm) and the data to be signed. The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object.

If the Managed Cryptographic Object referenced has a Usage Limits attribute then the server SHALL obtain an allocation from the current Usage Limits value prior to performing the signing operation. If the allocation is unable to be obtained the operation SHALL return with a result status of Operation Failed and result reason of Permission Denied.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the signature operation.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the signature operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters, see 3.6

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Digital Signature Algorithm or Cryptographic Algorithm and Hashing Algorithm) corresponding to the particular signature generation method requested. If omitted then the Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object with the lowest Attribute Index SHALL be used.

If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be signed (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator, see 2.1.16

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator, see 2.1.17

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 217: Sign Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key used for the signature operation.

Signature Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The signed data (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 218: Sign Response Payload

4.32 Signature Verify

This operation requests the server to perform a signature verify operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the signature verification operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (digital signature algorithm or cryptographic algorithm and hash algorithm) and the signature to be verified and MAY contain the data that was passed to the signing operation (for those algorithms which need the original data to verify a signature).

The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the OPTIONAL data recovered from the signature (for those signature algorithms where data recovery from the signature is supported). The validity of the signature is indicated by the Validity Indicator field.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the signature verify operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters, see 3.6

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Digital Signature Algorithm or Cryptographic Algorithm and Hashing Algorithm) corresponding to the particular signature verification method requested. If omitted then the Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object with the lowest Attribute Index SHALL be used.

If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

No

The data that was signed (as a Byte String).

Signature Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The signature to be verified (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator, see 2.1.16

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator, see 2.1.17

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 219: Signature Verify Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key used for the verification operation.

Validity Indicator, see 9.1.3.2.23

Yes

An Enumeration object indicating whether the signature is valid, invalid, or unknown. 

Data

No

The OPTIONAL recovered data (as a Byte String) for those signature algorithms where data recovery from the signature is supported.

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 220: Signature Verify Response Payload

4.33 MAC

This operation requests the server to perform message authentication code (MAC) operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the MAC operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (cryptographic algorithm) and the data to be MACed. The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the MAC operation.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the MAC operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters, see 3.6

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Cryptographic Algorithm) corresponding to the particular MAC method requested. If omitted then the Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object with the lowest Attribute Index SHALL be used.

If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be MACed (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator, see 2.1.16

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator, see 2.1.17

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 221: MAC Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key used for the MAC operation.

MAC Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data MACed (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 222: MAC Response Payload

4.34 MAC Verify

This operation requests the server to perform message authentication code (MAC) verify operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the MAC verify operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (cryptographic algorithm) and the data to be MAC verified and MAY contain the data that was passed to the MAC operation (for those algorithms which need the original data to verify a MAC). The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the MAC verify operation. The validity of the MAC is indicated by the Validity Indicator field.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the MAC verify operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters, see 3.6

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Cryptographic Algorithm) corresponding to the particular MAC method requested. If omitted then the Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object with the lowest Attribute Index SHALL be used.

If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

No

The data that was MACed (as a Byte String).

MAC Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be MAC verified (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator, see 2.1.16

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator, see 2.1.17

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 223: MAC Verify Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key used for the verification operation.

Validity Indicator, see 9.1.3.2.23

Yes

An Enumeration object indicating whether the MAC is valid, invalid, or unknown.

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 224: MAC Verify Response Payload

4.35 RNG Retrieve

This operation requests the server to return output from a Random Number Generator (RNG).

The request contains the quantity of output requested.

The response contains the RNG output.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Data Length

Yes

The amount of random number generator output to be returned (in bytes).

Table 225: RNG Retrieve Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Data

Yes

The random number generator output.

Table 226: RNG Retrieve Response Payload

4.36 RNG Seed

This operation requests the server to seed a Random Number Generator.

The request contains the seeding material.

The response contains the amount of seed data used.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

The server MAY elect to ignore the information provided by the client (i.e. not accept the seeding material) and MAY indicate this to the client by returning zero as the value in the Data Length response. A client SHALL NOT consider a response from a server which does not use the provided data as an error.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Data

Yes

The data to be provided as a seed to the random number generator.

Table 227: RNG Seed Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Data Length

Yes

The amount of seed data used (in bytes).

Table 228: RNG Seed Response Payload

4.37 Hash

This operation requests the server to perform a hash operation on the data provided.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (hash algorithm) and the data to be hashed.

The response contains the result of the hash operation.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Cryptographic Parameters, see 3.6

Yes

The Cryptographic Parameters (Hashing Algorithm) corresponding to the particular hash method requested.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be hashed (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator, see 2.1.16

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator, see 2.1.17

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 229: Hash Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The hashed data (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value, see 2.1.15

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 230: Hash Response Payload

4.38 Create Split Key

This operation requests the server to generate a new split key and register all the splits as individual new Managed Cryptographic Objects.

The request contains attributes to be assigned to the objects (e.g., Split Key Parts, Split Key Threshold, Split Key Method, Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.). The request MAY contain the Unique Identifier of an existing cryptographic object that the client requests be split by the server. If the attributes supplied in the request do not match those of the key supplied, the attributes of the key take precedence.

The response contains the Unique Identifiers of all created objects. The ID Placeholder value SHALL be set to the Unique Identifier of the split whose Key Part Identifier is 1.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type, see 3.3

Yes

Determines the type of object to be created.

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

The Unique Identifier of the key to be split (if applicable).

Split Key Parts

Yes

The total number of parts.

Split Key Threshold

Yes

The minimum number of parts needed to reconstruct the entire key.

Split Key Method

Yes

 

Prime Field Size

No

 

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

Yes

Specifies desired object attributes using templates and/or individual attributes.

Table 231: Create Split Key Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes, MAY be repeated

The list of Unique Identifiers of the newly created objects.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of object attributes with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management system.

Table 232: Create Split Key Response Payload

4.39 Join Split Key

This operation requests the server to combine a list of Split Keys into a single Managed Cryptographic Object. The number of Unique Identifiers in the request SHALL be at least the value of the Split Key Threshold defined in the Split Keys.

The request contains the Object Type of the Managed Cryptographic Object that the client requests the Split Key Objects be combined to form. If the Object Type formed is Secret Data, the client MAY include the Secret Data Type in the request.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the object obtained by combining the Split Keys. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type, see 3.3

Yes

Determines the type of object to be created.

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes, MAY be repeated

 

Determines the Split Keys to be combined to form the object returned by the server. The minimum number of identifiers is specified by the Split Key Threshold field in each of the Split Keys.

Secret Data Type

No

Determines which Secret Data type the Split Keys form.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

Specifies desired object attributes using templates and/or individual attributes.

Table 233: Join Split Key Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object obtained by combining the Split Keys.

Template-Attribute, see 2.1.7.14

No

An OPTIONAL list of object attributes with values that were not specified in the request, but have been implicitly set by the key management system.

Table 234: Join Split Key Response Payload

5      Server-to-Client Operations

Server-to-client operations are used by servers to send information or Managed Cryptographic Objects to clients via means outside of the normal client-server request-response mechanism. These operations are used to send Managed Cryptographic Objects directly to clients without a specific request from the client.

5.1 Notify

This operation is used to notify a client of events that resulted in changes to attributes of an object. This operation is only ever sent by a server to a client via means outside of the normal client request/response protocol, using information known to the server via unspecified configuration or administrative mechanisms. It contains the Unique Identifier of the object to which the notification applies, and a list of the attributes whose changed values have triggered the notification. The message uses the same format as a Request message (see 7.1, Table 258), except that the Maximum Response Size, Asynchronous Indicator, Batch Error Continuation Option, and Batch Order Option fields are not allowed. The client SHALL send a response in the form of a Response Message (see 7.1, Table 259) containing no payload, unless both the client and server have prior knowledge (obtained via out-of-band mechanisms) that the client is not able to respond.

Message Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Attribute, see 3

Yes, MAY be repeated

The attributes that have changed. This includes at least the Last Change Date attribute. In case an attribute was deleted, the Attribute structure (see 2.1.1) in question SHALL NOT contain the Attribute Value field.

Table 235: Notify Message Payload

5.2 Put

This operation is used to “push” Managed Cryptographic Objects to clients. This operation is only ever sent by a server to a client via means outside of the normal client request/response protocol, using information known to the server via unspecified configuration or administrative mechanisms. It contains the Unique Identifier of the object that is being sent, and the object itself. The message uses the same format as a Request message (see 7.1, Table 258), except that the Maximum Response Size, Asynchronous Indicator, Batch Error Continuation Option, and Batch Order Option fields are not allowed. The client SHALL send a response in the form of a Response Message (see 7.1, Table 259) containing no payload, unless both the client and server have prior knowledge (obtained via out-of-band mechanisms) that the client is not able to respond.

The Put Function field indicates whether the object being “pushed” is a new object, or is a replacement for an object already known to the client (e.g., when pushing a certificate to replace one that is about to expire, the Put Function field would be set to indicate replacement, and the Unique Identifier of the expiring certificate would be placed in the Replaced Unique Identifier field). The Put Function SHALL contain one of the following values:

·         New – which indicates that the object is not a replacement for another object.

·         Replace – which indicates that the object is a replacement for another object, and that the Replaced Unique Identifier field is present and contains the identification of the replaced object. In case the object with the Replaced Unique Identifier does not exist at the client, the client SHALL interpret this as if the Put Function contained the value New.

The Attribute field contains one or more attributes that the server is sending along with the object. The server MAY include attributes with the object to specify how the object is to be used by the client. The server MAY include a Lease Time attribute that grants a lease to the client.

If the Managed Object is a wrapped key, then the key wrapping specification SHALL be exchanged prior to the transfer via out-of-band mechanisms.

Message Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier, see 3.1

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Put Function, see 9.1.3.2.26

Yes

Indicates function for Put message.

Replaced Unique Identifier, see 3.1

No

Unique Identifier of the replaced object. SHALL be present if the Put Function is Replace.

Certificate, Symmetric Key, Private Key, Public Key, Split Key, Template, Secret Data, or Opaque Object, see 2.2

Yes

The object being sent to the client.

Attribute, see 3

No, MAY be repeated

The additional attributes that the server wishes to send with the object.

Table 236: Put Message Payload

5.3 Query

This operation is used by the server to interrogate the client to determine its capabilities and/or protocol mechanisms. The Query operation SHOULD be invocable by unauthenticated servers to interrogate client features and functions. The Query Function field in the request SHALL contain one or more of the following items:

·         Query Operations

·         Query Objects

·         Query Server Information

·         Query Extension List

·         Query Extension Map

·         Query Attestation Types

·         Query RNGs

·         Query Validations

·         Query Profiles

·         Query Capabilities

·         Query Client Registration Methods

The Operation fields in the response contain Operation enumerated values, which SHALL list all the operations that the client supports. If the request contains a Query Operations value in the Query Function field, then these fields SHALL be returned in the response.

The Object Type fields in the response contain Object Type enumerated values, which SHALL list all the object types that the client supports. If the request contains a Query Objects value in the Query Function field, then these fields SHALL be returned in the response.

The Server Information field in the response is a structure containing vendor-specific fields and/or substructures. If the request contains a Query Server Information value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response.

The Extension Information fields in the response contain the descriptions of Objects with Item Tag values in the Extensions range that are supported by the server (see Section 2.1.9). If the request contains a Query Extension List and/or Query Extension Map value in the Query Function field, then the Extensions Information fields SHALL be returned in the response. If the Query Function field contains the Query Extension Map value, then the Extension Tag and Extension Type fields SHALL be specified in the Extension Information values. If both Query Extension List and Query Extension Map are specified in the request, then only the response to Query Extension Map SHALL be returned and the Query Extension List SHALL be ignored.

The Attestation Type fields in the response contain Attestation Type enumerated values, which SHALL list all the attestation types that the client supports. If the request contains a Query Attestation Types value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server supports any Attestation Types.

The RNG Parameters fields in the response SHALL list all the Random Number Generators that the client supports. If the request contains a Query RNGs value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response. If the server is unable to specify details of the RNG then it SHALL return an RNG Parameters with the RNG Algorithm enumeration of Unspecified.

The Validation Information field in the response is a structure containing details of each formal validation which the client asserts. If the request contains a Query Validations value, then zero or more Validation Information fields SHALL be returned in the response. A client MAY elect to return no validation information in the response.

A Profile Information field in the response is a structure containing details of the profiles that a client supports including potentially how it supports that profile. If the request contains a Query Profiles value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the client supports any Profiles.

The Capability Information fields in the response contain details of the capability of the client.

The Client Registration Method fields in the response contain Client Registration Method enumerated values, which SHALL list all the client registration methods that the client supports. If the request contains a Query Client Registration Methods value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server supports any Client Registration Methods.

Note that the response payload is empty if there are no values to return.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Query Function, see 9.1.3.2.24

Yes, MAY be Repeated

Determines the information being queried.

Table 237: Query Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Operation, see 9.1.3.2.27

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an Operation that is supported by the client.

Object Type, see 3.3

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies a Managed Object Type that is supported by the client.

Vendor Identification

No

SHALL be returned if Query Server Information is requested.  The Vendor Identification SHALL be a text string that uniquely identifies the vendor.

Server Information

No

Contains vendor-specific information in response to the Query.

Extension Information, see 2.1.9

No, MAY be repeated

SHALL be returned if Query Extension List or Query Extension Map is requested and supported by the client.

Attestation Type, see 9.1.3.2.36

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an Attestation Type that is supported by the client.

RNG Parameters, see 2.1.18

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the RNG that is supported by the client.

Profile Information, see 2.1.19

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the Profiles that are supported by the client.

Validation Information, see 2.1.20

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the validations that are supported by the client.

Capability Information, see 2.1.21

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the capabilities that are supported by the client.

Client Registration Method, see 9.1.3.2.47

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies a Client Registration Method that is supported by the client.

Table 238: Query Response Payload

5.4 Discover Versions

This operation is used by the server to determine a list of protocol versions that is supported by the client. The request payload contains an OPTIONAL list of protocol versions that is supported by the server. The protocol versions SHALL be ranked in decreasing order of preference.

The response payload contains a list of protocol versions that are supported by the client. The protocol versions are ranked in decreasing order of preference. If the server provides the client with a list of supported protocol versions in the request payload, the client SHALL return only the protocol versions that are supported by both the client and server. The client SHOULD list all the protocol versions supported by both client and server. If the protocol version specified in the request header is not specified in the request payload and the client does not support any protocol version specified in the request payload, the client SHALL return an empty list in the response payload. If no protocol versions are specified in the request payload, the client SHOULD return all the protocol versions that are supported by the client.

Request Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Protocol Version, see 6.1

No, MAY be Repeated

The list of protocol versions supported by the server ordered in decreasing order of preference.

Table 239: Discover Versions Request Payload

Response Payload

Object

REQUIRED

Description

Protocol Version, see 6.1

No, MAY be repeated

The list of protocol versions supported by the client ordered in decreasing order of preference.

Table 240: Discover Versions Response Payload

6      Message Contents

The messages in the protocol consist of a message header, one or more batch items (which contain OPTIONAL message payloads), and OPTIONAL message extensions. The message headers contain fields whose presence is determined by the protocol features used (e.g., asynchronous responses). The field contents are also determined by whether the message is a request or a response. The message payload is determined by the specific operation being requested or to which is being replied.

The message headers are structures that contain some of the following objects.

6.1 Protocol Version

This field contains the version number of the protocol, ensuring that the protocol is fully understood by both communicating parties. The version number SHALL be specified in two parts, major and minor. Servers and clients SHALL support backward compatibility with versions of the protocol with the same major version. Support for backward compatibility with different major versions is OPTIONAL.

Object

Encoding

Protocol Version

Structure

Protocol Version Major

Integer

Protocol Version Minor

Integer

Table 241: Protocol Version Structure in Message Header

6.2 Operation

This field indicates the operation being requested or the operation for which the response is being returned. The operations are defined in Sections 4 and 5.

Object

Encoding

Operation

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.27

Table 242: Operation in Batch Item

6.3 Maximum Response Size

This is an OPTIONAL field contained in a request message, and is used to indicate the maximum size of a response, in bytes, that the requester SHALL be able to handle. It SHOULD only be sent in requests that possibly return large replies.

Object

Encoding

Maximum Response Size

Integer

Table 243: Maximum Response Size in Message Request Header

6.4 Unique Batch Item ID

This is an OPTIONAL field contained in a request, and is used for correlation between requests and responses. If a request has a Unique Batch Item ID, then responses to that request SHALL have the same Unique Batch Item ID.

Object

Encoding

Unique Batch Item ID

Byte String

Table 244: Unique Batch Item ID in Batch Item

6.5 Time Stamp

This is an OPTIONAL field contained in a client request. It is REQUIRED in a server request and response. It is used for time stamping, and MAY be used to enforce reasonable time usage at a client (e.g., a server MAY choose to reject a request if a client's time stamp contains a value that is too far off the server’s time). Note that the time stamp MAY be used by a client that has no real-time clock, but has a countdown timer, to obtain useful “seconds from now” values from all of the Date attributes by performing a subtraction.

Object

Encoding

Time Stamp

Date-Time

Table 245: Time Stamp in Message Header

6.6 Authentication

This is used to authenticate the requester. It is an OPTIONAL information item, depending on the type of request being issued and on server policies. Servers MAY require authentication on no requests, a subset of the requests, or all requests, depending on policy. Query operations used to interrogate server features and functions SHOULD NOT require authentication. The Authentication structure SHALL contain one or more Credential structures.

The authentication mechanisms are described and discussed in Section 8.

Object

Encoding

Authentication

Structure

Credential, MAY be repeated

Structure, see 2.1.2

Table 246: Authentication Structure in Message Header

6.7 Asynchronous Indicator

This Boolean flag indicates whether the client is able to accept an asynchronous response. It SHALL have the Boolean value True if the client is able to handle asynchronous responses, and the value False otherwise. If not present in a request, then False is assumed. If a client indicates that it is not able to handle asynchronous responses, the server SHALL process the request synchronously.

Object

Encoding

Asynchronous Indicator

Boolean

Table 247: Asynchronous Indicator in Message Request Header

6.8 Asynchronous Correlation Value

This is returned in the immediate response to an operation that is pending and that requires asynchronous polling. Note: the server decides which operations are performed synchronously or asynchronously (see 6.7). A server-generated correlation value SHALL be specified in any subsequent Poll or Cancel operations that pertain to the original operation.

Object

Encoding

Asynchronous Correlation Value

Byte String

Table 248: Asynchronous Correlation Value in Response Batch Item

6.9 Result Status

This is sent in a response message and indicates the success or failure of a request. The following values MAY be set in this field:

·         Success – The requested operation completed successfully.

·         Operation Pending – The requested operation is in progress, and it is necessary to obtain the actual result via asynchronous polling. The asynchronous correlation value SHALL be used for the subsequent polling of the result status.

·         Operation Undone – The requested operation was performed, but had to be undone (i.e., due to a failure in a batch for which the Error Continuation Option (see 6.13 and 7.2) was set to Undo).

·         Operation Failed – The requested operation failed.

Object

Encoding

Result Status

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.28

Table 249: Result Status in Response Batch Item

6.10 Result Reason

This field indicates a reason for failure or a modifier for a partially successful operation and SHALL be present in responses that return a Result Status of Failure. In such a case, the Result Reason SHALL be set as specified in Section 11. It is OPTIONAL in any response that returns a Result Status of Success. The following defined values are defined for this field:

·         Item not found – A requested object was not found or did not exist.

·         Response too large – The response to a request would exceed the Maximum Response Size in the request.

·         Authentication not successful – The authentication information in the request could not be validated, or was not found.

·         Invalid message – The request message was not understood by the server.

·         Operation not supported – The operation requested by the request message is not supported by the server.

·         Missing data – The operation REQUIRED additional information in the request, which was not present.

·         Invalid field – Some data item in the request has an invalid value.

·         Feature not supported – An OPTIONAL feature specified in the request is not supported.

·         Operation canceled by requester – The operation was asynchronous, and the operation was canceled by the Cancel operation before it completed successfully.

·         Cryptographic failure – The operation failed due to a cryptographic error.

·         Illegal operation – The client requested an operation that was not able to be performed with the specified parameters.

·         Permission denied – The client does not have permission to perform the requested operation.

·         Object archived – The object SHALL be recovered from the archive before performing the operation.

·         Index Out of Bounds – The client tried to set more instances than the server supports of an attribute that MAY have multiple instances.

·         Application Namespace Not Supported – The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and the server was not able to generate the Application Data field of an Application Specific Information attribute if the field was omitted from the client request.

·         Key Format Type and/or Key Compression Type Not Supported – The object exists, but the server is unable to provide it in the desired Key Format Type and/or Key Compression Type.

·         General failure – The request failed for a reason other than the defined reasons above.

Object

Encoding

Result Reason

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.29

Table 250: Result Reason in Response Batch Item

6.11 Result Message

This field MAY be returned in a response. It contains a more descriptive error message, which MAY be provided to an end user or used for logging/auditing purposes.

Object

Encoding

Result Message

Text String

Table 251: Result Message in Response Batch Item

6.12 Batch Order Option

A Boolean value used in requests where the Batch Count is greater than 1. If True, then batched operations SHALL be executed in the order in which they appear within the request. If False, then the server MAY choose to execute the batched operations in any order. If not specified, then False is assumed (i.e., no implied ordering). Server support for this feature is OPTIONAL, but if the server does not support the feature, and a request is received with the batch order option set to True, then the entire request SHALL be rejected.

Object

Encoding

Batch Order Option

Boolean

Table 252: Batch Order Option in Message Request Header

6.13 Batch Error Continuation Option

This option SHALL only be present if the Batch Count is greater than 1. This option SHALL have one of three values:

·         Undo – If any operation in the request fails, then the server SHALL undo all the previous operations.

·         Stop – If an operation fails, then the server SHALL NOT continue processing subsequent operations in the request. Completed operations SHALL NOT be undone.

·         Continue – Return an error for the failed operation, and continue processing subsequent operations in the request.

If not specified, then Stop is assumed.

Server support for this feature is OPTIONAL, but if the server does not support the feature, and a request is received containing the Batch Error Continuation Option with a value other than the default Stop, then the entire request SHALL be rejected.

Object

Encoding

Batch Error Continuation Option

Enumeration, see 9.1.3.2.30

Table 253: Batch Error Continuation Option in Message Request Header

6.14 Batch Count

This field contains the number of Batch Items in a message and is REQUIRED. If only a single operation is being requested, then the batch count SHALL be set to 1. The Message Payload, which follows the Message Header, contains one or more batch items.

Object

Encoding

Batch Count

Integer

Table 254: Batch Count in Message Header

6.15 Batch Item

This field consists of a structure that holds the individual requests or responses in a batch, and is REQUIRED. The contents of the batch items are described in Section 7.2.

Object

Encoding

Batch Item

Structure

Table 255: Batch Item in Message

6.16 Message Extension

The Message Extension is an OPTIONAL structure that MAY be appended to any Batch Item. It is used to extend protocol messages for the purpose of adding vendor-specified extensions. The Message Extension is a structure that SHALL contain the Vendor Identification, Criticality Indicator, and Vendor Extension fields. The Vendor Identification SHALL be a text string that uniquely identifies the vendor, allowing a client to determine if it is able to parse and understand the extension. If a client or server receives a protocol message containing a message extension that it does not understand, then its actions depend on the Criticality Indicator. If the indicator is True (i.e., Critical), and the receiver does not understand the extension, then the receiver SHALL reject the entire message. If the indicator is False (i.e., Non-Critical), and the receiver does not understand the extension, then the receiver MAY process the rest of the message as if the extension were not present. The Vendor Extension structure SHALL contain vendor-specific extensions.

Object

Encoding

Message Extension

Structure

Vendor Identification

Text String

Criticality Indicator

Boolean

Vendor Extension

Structure

Table 256: Message Extension Structure in Batch Item

6.17 Attestation Capable Indicator

The Attestation Capable Indicator flag indicates whether the client is able to create an Attestation Credential object. It SHALL have Boolean value True if the client is able to create an Attestation Credential object, and the value False otherwise. If not present, the value False is assumed. If a client indicates that it is not able to create an Attestation Credential Object, and the client has issued an operation that requires attestation such as Get, then the server SHALL respond to the request with a failure.

Object

Encoding

Attestation Capable Indicator

Boolean

Table 257: Attestation Capable Indicator in Message Request Header

7      Message Format

Messages contain the following objects and fields. All fields SHALL appear in the order specified.

7.1 Message Structure

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Request Message

Structure

 

Request Header

Structure, see Table 260

Yes

Batch Item

Structure, see Table 261

Yes, MAY be repeated

Table 258: Request Message Structure

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Response Message

Structure

 

Response Header

Structure, see Table 262

Yes

Batch Item

Structure, see Table 263

Yes, MAY be repeated

Table 259: Response Message Structure

7.2 Operations

If the client is capable of accepting asynchronous responses, then it MAY set the Asynchronous Indicator in the header of a batched request. The batched responses MAY contain a mixture of synchronous and asynchronous responses.

Request Header

Object

REQUIRED in Message

Comment

Request Header

Yes

Structure

Protocol Version

Yes

See 6.1

Maximum Response Size

No

See 6.3

Asynchronous Indicator

No

See 6.7

Attestation Capable Indicator

No

See 6.17

Attestation Type

No, MAY be repeated

See 9.1.3.2.36

Authentication

No

See 6.6

Batch Error Continuation Option

No

If omitted, then Stop is assumed, see 6.13

Batch Order Option

No

If omitted, then False is assumed, see 6.12

Time Stamp

No

See 6.5

Batch Count

Yes

See 6.14

Table 260: Request Header Structure

Request Batch Item

Object

REQUIRED in Message

Comment

Batch Item

Yes

Structure, see 6.15

Operation

Yes

See 6.2

Unique Batch Item ID

No

REQUIRED if Batch Count > 1, see 6.4

Request Payload

Yes

Structure, contents depend on the Operation, see 4and 5

Message Extension

No

See 6.16

Table 261: Request Batch Item Structure

Response Header

Object

REQUIRED in Message

Comment

Response Header

Yes

Structure

Protocol Version

Yes

See 6.1

Time Stamp

Yes

See 6.5

Nonce

No

See 2.1.14

Attestation Type

No, MAY be repeated

REQUIRED in Attestation Required error message if client set Attestation Capable Indicator to True in the request, see 9.1.3.2.36

Batch Count

Yes

See 6.14

Table 262: Response Header Structure

Response Batch Item

Object

REQUIRED in Message

Comment

Batch Item

Yes

Structure, see 6.15

Operation

Yes, if specified in Request Batch Item

See 6.2

Unique Batch Item ID

No

REQUIRED if present in Request Batch Item, see 6.4

Result Status

Yes

See 6.9

Result Reason

Yes, if Result Status is Failure

REQUIRED if Result Status is Failure, otherwise OPTIONAL, see 6.10

Result Message

No

OPTIONAL if Result Status is not Pending or Success, see 6.11

Asynchronous Correlation Value

No

REQUIRED if Result Status is Pending, see 6.8

Response Payload

Yes, if not a failure

Structure, contents depend on the Operation, see 4and 5

Message Extension

No

See 6.16

Table 263: Response Batch Item Structure

8      Authentication

The mechanisms used to authenticate the client to the server and the server to the client are not part of the message definitions, and are external to the protocol. The KMIP Server SHALL support authentication as defined in [KMIP-Prof].

9      Message Encoding

To support different transport protocols and different client capabilities, a number of message-encoding mechanisms are supported.

9.1 TTLV Encoding

In order to minimize the resource impact on potentially low-function clients, one encoding mechanism to be used for protocol messages is a simplified TTLV (Tag, Type, Length, Value) scheme.

The scheme is designed to minimize the CPU cycle and memory requirements of clients that need to encode or decode protocol messages, and to provide optimal alignment for both 32-bit and 64-bit processors. Minimizing bandwidth over the transport mechanism is considered to be of lesser importance.

9.1.1 TTLV Encoding Fields

Every Data object encoded by the TTLV scheme consists of four items, in order:

9.1.1.1 Item Tag

An Item Tag is a three-byte binary unsigned integer, transmitted big endian, which contains a number that designates the specific Protocol Field or Object that the TTLV object represents. To ease debugging, and to ensure that malformed messages are detected more easily, all tags SHALL contain either the value 42 in hex or the value 54 in hex as the high order (first) byte. Tags defined by this specification contain hex 42 in the first byte. Extensions, which are permitted, but are not defined in this specification, contain the value 54 hex in the first byte. A list of defined Item Tags is in Section 9.1.3.1

9.1.1.2 Item Type

An Item Type is a byte containing a coded value that indicates the data type of the data object. The allowed values are:

Data Type

Coded Value in Hex

 Structure

01

 Integer

02

 Long Integer

03

 Big Integer

04

 Enumeration

05

 Boolean

06

 Text String

07

 Byte String

08

 Date-Time

09

 Interval

0A

Table 264: Allowed Item Type Values

9.1.1.3 Item Length

An Item Length is a 32-bit binary integer, transmitted big-endian, containing the number of bytes in the Item Value. The allowed values are:

 

Data Type

Length

 Structure

Varies, multiple of 8

 Integer

4

 Long Integer

8

 Big Integer

Varies, multiple of 8

 Enumeration

4

 Boolean

8

 Text String

Varies

 Byte String

Varies

 Date-Time

8

 Interval

4

Table 265: Allowed Item Length Values

If the Item Type is Structure, then the Item Length is the total length of all of the sub-items contained in the structure, including any padding. If the Item Type is Integer, Enumeration, Text String, Byte String, or Interval, then the Item Length is the number of bytes excluding the padding bytes. Text Strings and Byte Strings SHALL be padded with the minimal number of bytes following the Item Value to obtain a multiple of eight bytes. Integers, Enumerations, and Intervals SHALL be padded with four bytes following the Item Value.

9.1.1.4 Item Value

The item value is a sequence of bytes containing the value of the data item, depending on the type:

·         Integers are encoded as four-byte long (32 bit) binary signed numbers in 2's complement notation, transmitted big-endian.

·         Long Integers are encoded as eight-byte long (64 bit) binary signed numbers in 2's complement notation, transmitted big-endian.

·         Big Integers are encoded as a sequence of eight-bit bytes, in two's complement notation, transmitted big-endian. If the length of the sequence is not a multiple of eight bytes, then Big Integers SHALL be padded with the minimal number of leading sign-extended bytes to make the length a multiple of eight bytes. These padding bytes are part of the Item Value and SHALL be counted in the Item Length.

·         Enumerations are encoded as four-byte long (32 bit) binary unsigned numbers transmitted big-endian. Extensions, which are permitted, but are not defined in this specification, contain the value 8 hex in the first nibble of the first byte.

·         Booleans are encoded as an eight-byte value that SHALL either contain the hex value 0000000000000000, indicating the Boolean value False, or the hex value 0000000000000001, transmitted big-endian, indicating the Boolean value True.

·         Text Strings are sequences of bytes that encode character values according to the UTF-8 encoding standard. There SHALL NOT be null-termination at the end of such strings.

·         Byte Strings are sequences of bytes containing individual unspecified eight-bit binary values, and are interpreted in the same sequence order.

·         Date-Time values are POSIX Time values encoded as Long Integers. POSIX Time, as described in IEEE Standard 1003.1 [IEEE1003-1], is the number of seconds since the Epoch (1970 Jan 1, 00:00:00 UTC), not counting leap seconds.

·         Intervals are encoded as four-byte long (32 bit) binary unsigned numbers, transmitted big-endian. They have a resolution of one second.

·         Structure Values are encoded as the concatenated encodings of the elements of the structure. All structures defined in this specification SHALL have all of their fields encoded in the order in which they appear in their respective structure descriptions.

9.1.2 Examples

These examples are assumed to be encoding a Protocol Object whose tag is 420020. The examples are shown as a sequence of bytes in hexadecimal notation:

·         An Integer containing the decimal value 8:

42 00 20 | 02 | 00 00 00 04 | 00 00 00 08 00 00 00 00

·         A Long Integer containing the decimal value 123456789000000000:

42 00 20 | 03 | 00 00 00 08 | 01 B6 9B 4B A5 74 92 00

·         A Big Integer containing the decimal value 1234567890000000000000000000:

42 00 20 | 04 | 00 00 00 10 | 00 00 00 00 03 FD 35 EB 6B C2 DF 46 18 08 00 00

·         An Enumeration with value 255:

42 00 20 | 05 | 00 00 00 04 | 00 00 00 FF 00 00 00 00

·         A Boolean with the value True:

42 00 20 | 06 | 00 00 00 08 | 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01

·         A Text String with the value "Hello World":

42 00 20 | 07 | 00 00 00 0B | 48 65 6C 6C 6F 20 57 6F 72 6C 64 00 00 00 00 00

·         A Byte String with the value { 0x01, 0x02, 0x03 }:

42 00 20 | 08 | 00 00 00 03 | 01 02 03 00 00 00 00 00

·         A Date-Time, containing the value for Friday, March 14, 2008, 11:56:40 GMT:

42 00 20 | 09 | 00 00 00 08 | 00 00 00 00 47 DA 67 F8

·         An Interval, containing the value for 10 days:

42 00 20 | 0A | 00 00 00 04 | 00 0D 2F 00 00 00 00 00

·         A Structure containing an Enumeration, value 254, followed by an Integer, value 255, having tags 420004 and 420005 respectively:

42 00 20 | 01 | 00 00 00 20 | 42 00 04 | 05 | 00 00 00 04 | 00 00 00 FE 00 00 00 00 | 42 00 05 | 02 | 00 00 00 04 | 00 00 00 FF 00 00 00 00

9.1.3 Defined Values

This section specifies the values that are defined by this specification. In all cases where an extension mechanism is allowed, this extension mechanism is only able to be used for communication between parties that have pre-agreed understanding of the specific extensions.

9.1.3.1 Tags

The following table defines the tag values for the objects and primitive data values for the protocol messages.

Tag

Object

Tag Value

(Unused)

000000 - 420000

Activation Date

420001

Application Data

420002

Application Namespace

420003

Application Specific Information

420004

Archive Date

420005

Asynchronous Correlation Value

420006

Asynchronous Indicator

420007

Attribute

420008

Attribute Index

420009

Attribute Name

42000A

Attribute Value

42000B

Authentication

42000C

Batch Count

42000D

Batch Error Continuation Option

42000E

Batch Item

42000F

Batch Order Option

420010

Block Cipher Mode

420011

Cancellation Result

420012

Certificate

420013

Certificate Identifier

420014 (deprecated as of version 1.1)

Certificate Issuer

420015 (deprecated as of version 1.1)

Certificate Issuer Alternative Name

420016 (deprecated as of version 1.1)

Certificate Issuer Distinguished Name

420017 (deprecated as of version 1.1)

Certificate Request

420018

Certificate Request Type

420019

Certificate Subject

42001A (deprecated as of version 1.1)

Certificate Subject Alternative Name

42001B (deprecated as of version 1.1)

Certificate Subject Distinguished Name

42001C (deprecated as of version 1.1)

Certificate Type

42001D

Certificate Value

42001E

Common Template-Attribute

42001F

Compromise  Date

420020

Compromise Occurrence Date

420021

Contact Information

420022

Credential

420023

Credential Type

420024

Credential Value

420025

Criticality Indicator

420026

CRT Coefficient

420027

Cryptographic Algorithm

420028

Cryptographic Domain Parameters

420029

Cryptographic Length

42002A

Cryptographic Parameters

42002B

Cryptographic Usage Mask

42002C

Custom Attribute

42002D

D

42002E

Deactivation Date

42002F

Derivation Data

420030

Derivation Method

420031

Derivation Parameters

420032

Destroy Date

420033

Digest

420034

Digest Value

420035

Encryption Key Information

420036

G

420037

Hashing Algorithm

420038

Initial Date

420039

Initialization Vector

42003A

Issuer

42003B (deprecated as of version 1.1)

Iteration Count

42003C

IV/Counter/Nonce

42003D

J

42003E

Key

42003F

Key Block

420040

Key Compression Type

420041

Key Format Type

420042

Key Material

420043

Key Part Identifier

420044

Key Value

420045

Key Wrapping Data

420046

Key Wrapping Specification

420047

Last Change Date

420048

Lease Time

420049

Link

42004A

Link Type

42004B

Linked Object Identifier

42004C

MAC/Signature

42004D

MAC/Signature Key Information

42004E

Maximum Items

42004F

Maximum Response Size

420050

Message Extension

420051

Modulus

420052

Name

420053

Name Type

420054

Name Value

420055

Object Group

420056

Object Type

420057

Offset

420058

Opaque Data Type

420059

Opaque Data Value

42005A

Opaque Object

42005B

Operation

42005C

Operation Policy Name

42005D (deprecated)

P

42005E

Padding Method

42005F

Prime Exponent P

420060

Prime Exponent Q

420061

Prime Field Size

420062

Private Exponent

420063

Private Key

420064

Private Key Template-Attribute

420065

Private Key Unique Identifier

420066

Process Start Date

420067

Protect Stop Date

420068

Protocol Version

420069

Protocol Version Major

42006A

Protocol Version Minor

42006B

Public Exponent

42006C

Public Key

42006D

Public Key Template-Attribute

42006E

Public Key Unique Identifier

42006F

Put Function

420070

Q

420071

Q String

420072

Qlength

420073

Query Function

420074

Recommended Curve

420075

Replaced Unique Identifier

420076

Request Header

420077

Request Message

420078

Request Payload

420079

Response Header

42007A

Response Message

42007B

Response Payload

42007C

Result Message

42007D

Result Reason

42007E

Result Status

42007F

Revocation Message

420080

Revocation Reason

420081

Revocation Reason Code

420082

Key Role Type

420083

Salt

420084

Secret Data

420085

Secret Data Type

420086

Serial Number

420087 (deprecated as of version 1.1)

Server Information

420088

Split Key

420089

Split Key Method

42008A

Split Key Parts

42008B

Split Key Threshold

42008C

State

42008D

Storage Status Mask

42008E

Symmetric Key

42008F

Template

420090

Template-Attribute

420091

Time Stamp

420092

Unique Batch Item ID

420093

Unique Identifier

420094

Usage Limits

420095

Usage Limits Count

420096

Usage Limits Total

420097

Usage Limits Unit

420098

Username

420099

Validity Date

42009A

Validity Indicator

42009B

Vendor Extension

42009C

Vendor Identification

42009D

Wrapping Method

42009E

X

42009F

Y

4200A0

Password

4200A1

Device Identifier

4200A2

Encoding Option

4200A3

Extension Information

4200A4

Extension Name

4200A5

Extension Tag

4200A6

Extension Type

4200A7

Fresh

4200A8

Machine Identifier

4200A9

Media Identifier

4200AA

Network Identifier

4200AB

Object Group Member

4200AC

Certificate Length

4200AD

Digital Signature Algorithm

4200AE

Certificate Serial Number

4200AF

Device Serial Number

4200B0

Issuer Alternative Name

4200B1

Issuer Distinguished Name

4200B2

Subject Alternative Name

4200B3

Subject Distinguished Name

4200B4

X.509 Certificate Identifier

4200B5

X.509 Certificate Issuer

4200B6

X.509 Certificate Subject

4200B7

Key Value Location

4200B8

Key Value Location Value

4200B9

Key Value Location Type

4200BA

Key Value Present

4200BB

Original Creation Date

4200BC

PGP Key

4200BD

PGP Key Version

4200BE

Alternative Name

4200BF

Alternative Name Value

4200C0

Alternative Name Type

4200C1

Data

4200C2

Signature Data

4200C3

Data Length

4200C4

Random IV

4200C5

MAC Data

4200C6

Attestation Type

4200C7

Nonce

4200C8

Nonce ID

4200C9

Nonce Value

4200CA

Attestation Measurement

4200CB

Attestation Assertion

4200CC

IV Length

4200CD

Tag Length

4200CE

Fixed Field Length

4200CF

Counter Length

4200D0

Initial Counter Value

4200D1

Invocation Field Length

4200D2

Attestation Capable Indicator

4200D3

Offset Items

4200D4

Located Items

4200D5

Correlation Value

4200D6

Init Indicator

4200D7

Final Indicator

4200D8

RNG Parameters

4200D9

RNG Algorithm

4200DA

DRBG Algorithm

4200DB

FIPS186 Variation

4200DC

Prediction Resistance

4200DD

Random Number Generator

4200DE

Validation Information

4200DF

Validation Authority Type

4200E0

Validation Authority Country

4200E1

Validation Authority URI

4200E2

Validation Version Major

4200E3

Validation Version Minor

4200E4

Validation Type

4200E5

Validation Level

4200E6

Validation Certificate Identifier

4200E7

Validation Certificate URI

4200E8

Validation Vendor URI

4200E9

Validation Profile

4200EA

Profile Information

4200EB

Profile Name

4200EC

Server URI

4200ED

Server Port

4200EE

Streaming Capability

4200EF

Asynchronous Capability

4200F0

Attestation Capability

4200F1

Unwrap Mode

4200F2

Destroy Action

4200F3

Shredding Algorithm

4200F4

RNG Mode

4200F5

Client Registration Method

4200F6

Capability Information

4200F7

(Reserved)

4200F8 – 42FFFF

(Unused)

430000 – 53FFFF

Extensions

540000 – 54FFFF

(Unused)

550000 - FFFFFF

Table 266: Tag Values

9.1.3.2 Enumerations

The following tables define the values for enumerated lists. Values not listed (outside the range 80000000 to 8FFFFFFF) are reserved for future KMIP versions.

9.1.3.2.1 Credential Type Enumeration

Credential Type

Name

Value

Username and Password

00000001

Device

00000002

Attestation

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 267: Credential Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.2 Key Compression Type Enumeration

Key Compression Type

Name

Value

EC Public Key Type Uncompressed

00000001

EC Public Key Type X9.62 Compressed Prime

00000002

EC Public Key Type X9.62 Compressed Char2

00000003

EC Public Key Type X9.62 Hybrid

00000004

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

                Table 268: Key Compression Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.3 Key Format Type Enumeration

Key Format Type

Name

Value

Raw

00000001

Opaque

00000002

PKCS#1

00000003

PKCS#8

00000004

X.509

00000005

ECPrivateKey

00000006

Transparent Symmetric Key

00000007

Transparent DSA Private Key

00000008

Transparent DSA Public Key

00000009

Transparent RSA Private Key

0000000A

Transparent RSA Public Key

0000000B

Transparent DH Private Key

0000000C

Transparent DH Public Key

0000000D

Transparent ECDSA Private Key

0000000E (deprecated)

Transparent ECDSA Public Key

0000000F (deprecated)

Transparent ECDH Private Key

00000010 (deprecated)

Transparent ECDH Public Key

00000011 (deprecated)

Transparent ECMQV Private Key

00000012 (deprecated)

Transparent ECMQV Public Key

00000013 (deprecated)

Transparent EC Private Key

00000014

Transparent EC Public Key

00000015

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 269: Key Format Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.4 Wrapping Method Enumeration

Wrapping Method

Name

Value

Encrypt

00000001

MAC/sign

00000002

Encrypt then MAC/sign

00000003

MAC/sign then encrypt

00000004

TR-31

00000005

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 270: Wrapping Method Enumeration

9.1.3.2.5 Recommended Curve Enumeration

Recommended curves are defined in [FIPS186-4] [SEC2] [X9.62] [ECC-Brainpool][RFC5639],

Recommended Curve Enumeration

Name

Value

P-192

00000001

K-163

00000002

B-163

00000003

P-224

00000004

K-233

00000005

B-233

00000006

P-256

00000007

K-283

00000008

B-283

00000009

P-384

0000000A

K-409

0000000B

B-409

0000000C

P-521

0000000D

K-571

0000000E

B-571

0000000F

SECP112R1

00000010

SECP112R2

00000011

SECP128R1

00000012

SECP128R2

00000013

SECP160K1

00000014

SECP160R1

00000015

SECP160R2

00000016

SECP192K1

00000017

SECP224K1

00000018

SECP256K1

00000019

SECT113R1

0000001A

SECT113R2

0000001B

SECT131R1

0000001C

SECT131R2

0000001D

SECT163R1

0000001E

SECT193R1

0000001F

SECT193R2

00000020

SECT239K1

00000021

ANSIX9P192V2

00000022

ANSIX9P192V3

00000023

ANSIX9P239V1

00000024

ANSIX9P239V2

00000025

ANSIX9P239V3

00000026

ANSIX9C2PNB163V1

00000027

ANSIX9C2PNB163V2

00000028

ANSIX9C2PNB163V3

00000029

ANSIX9C2PNB176V1

0000002A

ANSIX9C2TNB191V1

0000002B

ANSIX9C2TNB191V2

0000002C

ANSIX9C2TNB191V3

0000002D

ANSIX9C2PNB208W1

0000002E

ANSIX9C2TNB239V1

0000002F

ANSIX9C2TNB239V2

00000030

ANSIX9C2TNB239V3

00000031

ANSIX9C2PNB272W1

00000032

ANSIX9C2PNB304W1

00000033

ANSIX9C2TNB359V1

00000034

ANSIX9C2PNB368W1

00000035

ANSIX9C2TNB431R1

00000036

BRAINPOOLP160R1

00000037

BRAINPOOLP160T1

00000038

BRAINPOOLP192R1

00000039

BRAINPOOLP192T1

0000003A

BRAINPOOLP224R1

0000003B

BRAINPOOLP224T1

0000003C

BRAINPOOLP256R1

0000003D

BRAINPOOLP256T1

0000003E

BRAINPOOLP320R1

0000003F

BRAINPOOLP320T1

00000040

BRAINPOOLP384R1

00000041

BRAINPOOLP384T1

00000042

BRAINPOOLP512R1

00000043

BRAINPOOLP512T1

00000044

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 271: Recommended Curve Enumeration for ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV

9.1.3.2.6 Certificate Type Enumeration

The PGP certificate type is deprecated as of version 1.2 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification.

Certificate Type

Name

Value

X.509

00000001

PGP

00000002 (deprecated)

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 272: Certificate Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.7 Digital Signature Algorithm Enumeration

Digital Signature Algorithm

Name

Value

MD2 with RSA Encryption

(PKCS#1 v1.5)

00000001

MD5 with RSA Encryption (PKCS#1 v1.5)

00000002

SHA-1 with RSA Encryption (PKCS#1 v1.5)

00000003

SHA-224 with RSA Encryption (PKCS#1 v1.5)

00000004

SHA-256 with RSA Encryption (PKCS#1 v1.5)

00000005

SHA-384 with RSA Encryption (PKCS#1 v1.5)

00000006

SHA-512 with RSA Encryption (PKCS#1 v1.5)

00000007

RSASSA-PSS

(PKCS#1 v2.1)

00000008

DSA with SHA-1

00000009

DSA with SHA224

0000000A

DSA with SHA256

0000000B

ECDSA with SHA-1

0000000C

ECDSA with SHA224

0000000D

ECDSA with SHA256

0000000E

ECDSA with SHA384

0000000F

ECDSA with SHA512

00000010

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 273: Digital Signature Algorithm Enumeration

9.1.3.2.8 Split Key Method Enumeration

Split Key Method

Name

Value

XOR

00000001

Polynomial Sharing GF (216)

00000002

Polynomial Sharing Prime Field

00000003

Polynomial Sharing GF (28)

00000004

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 274: Split Key Method Enumeration

9.1.3.2.9 Secret Data Type Enumeration

Secret Data Type

Name

Value

Password

00000001

Seed

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 275: Secret Data Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.10 Opaque Data Type Enumeration

Opaque Data Type

Name

Value

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 276: Opaque Data Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.11 Name Type Enumeration

Name Type

Name

Value

Uninterpreted Text String

00000001

URI

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 277: Name Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.12 Object Type Enumeration

Object Type

Name

Value

Certificate

00000001

Symmetric Key

00000002

Public Key

00000003

Private Key

00000004

Split Key

00000005

Template

00000006 (deprecated)

Secret Data

00000007

Opaque Object

00000008

PGP Key

00000009

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 278: Object Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.13 Cryptographic Algorithm Enumeration

Cryptographic Algorithm

Name

Value

DES

00000001

3DES

00000002

AES

00000003

RSA

00000004

DSA

00000005

ECDSA

00000006

HMAC-SHA1

00000007

HMAC-SHA224

00000008

HMAC-SHA256

00000009

HMAC-SHA384

0000000A

HMAC-SHA512

0000000B

HMAC-MD5

0000000C

DH

0000000D

ECDH

0000000E

ECMQV

0000000F

Blowfish

00000010

Camellia

00000011

CAST5

00000012

IDEA

00000013

MARS

00000014

RC2

00000015

RC4

00000016

RC5

00000017

SKIPJACK

00000018

Twofish

00000019

EC

0000001A

One Time Pad

0000001B

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 279: Cryptographic Algorithm Enumeration

9.1.3.2.14 Block Cipher Mode Enumeration

Block Cipher Mode

Name

Value

CBC

00000001

ECB

00000002

PCBC

00000003

CFB

00000004

OFB

00000005

CTR

00000006

CMAC

00000007

CCM

00000008

GCM

00000009

CBC-MAC

0000000A

XTS

0000000B

AESKeyWrapPadding

0000000C

NISTKeyWrap

0000000D

X9.102 AESKW

0000000E

X9.102 TDKW

0000000F

X9.102 AKW1

00000010

X9.102 AKW2

00000011

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 280: Block Cipher Mode Enumeration

9.1.3.2.15 Padding Method Enumeration

Padding Method

Name

Value

None

00000001

OAEP

00000002

PKCS5

00000003

SSL3

00000004

Zeros

00000005

ANSI X9.23

00000006

ISO 10126

00000007

PKCS1 v1.5

00000008

X9.31

00000009

PSS

0000000A

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 281: Padding Method Enumeration

9.1.3.2.16 Hashing Algorithm Enumeration

Hashing Algorithm

Name

Value

MD2

00000001

MD4

00000002

MD5

00000003

SHA-1

00000004

SHA-224

00000005

SHA-256

00000006

SHA-384

00000007

SHA-512

00000008

RIPEMD-160

00000009

Tiger

0000000A

Whirlpool

0000000B

SHA-512/224

0000000C

SHA-512/256

0000000D

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 282: Hashing Algorithm Enumeration

9.1.3.2.17 Key Role Type Enumeration

Key Role Type

Name

Value

BDK

00000001

CVK

00000002

DEK

00000003

MKAC

00000004

MKSMC

00000005

MKSMI

00000006

MKDAC

00000007

MKDN

00000008

MKCP

00000009

MKOTH

0000000A

KEK

0000000B

MAC16609

0000000C

MAC97971

0000000D

MAC97972

0000000E

MAC97973

0000000F

MAC97974

00000010

MAC97975

00000011

ZPK

00000012

PVKIBM

00000013

PVKPVV

00000014

PVKOTH

00000015

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 283: Key Role Type Enumeration

Note that while the set and definitions of key role types are chosen to match [X9 TR-31] there is no necessity to match binary representations.

9.1.3.2.18 State Enumeration

State

Name

Value

Pre-Active

00000001

Active

00000002

Deactivated

00000003

Compromised

00000004

Destroyed

00000005

Destroyed Compromised

00000006

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 284: State Enumeration

9.1.3.2.19 Revocation Reason Code Enumeration

Revocation Reason Code

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Key Compromise

00000002

CA Compromise

00000003

Affiliation Changed

00000004

Superseded

00000005

Cessation of Operation

00000006

Privilege Withdrawn

00000007

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 285: Revocation Reason Code Enumeration

9.1.3.2.20 Link Type Enumeration

Link Type

Name

Value

Certificate Link

00000101

Public Key Link

00000102

Private Key Link

00000103

Derivation Base Object Link

00000104

Derived Key Link

00000105

Replacement Object Link

00000106

Replaced Object Link

00000107

Parent Link

00000108

Child Link

00000109

Previous Link

0000010A

Next Link

0000010B

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 286: Link Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.21 Derivation Method Enumeration

Derivation Method

Name

Value

PBKDF2

00000001

HASH

00000002

HMAC

00000003

ENCRYPT

00000004

NIST800-108-C

00000005

NIST800-108-F

00000006

NIST800-108-DPI

00000007

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 287: Derivation Method Enumeration

9.1.3.2.22 Certificate Request Type Enumeration

The PGP certificate request type is deprecated as of version 1.1 of this specification and MAY be removed from subsequent versions of the specification.

Certificate Request Type

Name

Value

CRMF

00000001

PKCS#10

00000002

PEM

00000003

PGP

00000004 (deprecated)

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 288: Certificate Request Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.23 Validity Indicator Enumeration

Validity Indicator

Name

Value

Valid

00000001

Invalid

00000002

Unknown

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 289: Validity Indicator Enumeration

9.1.3.2.24 Query Function Enumeration

Query Function

Name

Value

Query Operations

00000001

Query Objects

00000002

Query Server Information

00000003

Query Application Namespaces

00000004

Query Extension List

00000005

Query Extension Map

00000006

Query Attestation Types

00000007

Query RNGs

00000008

Query Validations

00000009

Query Profiles

0000000A

Query Capabilities

0000000B

Query Client Registration Methods

0000000C

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 290: Query Function Enumeration

9.1.3.2.25 Cancellation Result Enumeration

Cancellation Result

Name

Value

Canceled

00000001

Unable to Cancel

00000002

Completed

00000003

Failed

00000004

Unavailable

00000005

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 291: Cancellation Result Enumeration

9.1.3.2.26 Put Function Enumeration

Put Function

Name

Value

New

00000001

Replace

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 292: Put Function Enumeration

9.1.3.2.27 Operation Enumeration

Operation

Name

Value

Create

00000001

Create Key Pair

00000002

Register

00000003

Re-key

00000004

Derive Key

00000005

Certify

00000006

Re-certify

00000007

Locate

00000008

Check

00000009

Get

0000000A

Get Attributes

0000000B

Get Attribute List

0000000C

Add Attribute

0000000D

Modify Attribute

0000000E

Delete Attribute

0000000F

Obtain Lease

00000010

Get Usage Allocation

00000011

Activate

00000012

Revoke

00000013

Destroy

00000014

Archive

00000015

Recover

00000016

Validate

00000017

Query

00000018

Cancel

00000019

Poll

0000001A

Notify

0000001B

Put

0000001C

Re-key Key Pair

0000001D

Discover Versions

0000001E

Encrypt

0000001F

Decrypt

00000020

Sign

00000021

Signature Verify

00000022

MAC

00000023

MAC Verify

00000024

RNG Retrieve

00000025

RNG Seed

00000026

Hash

00000027

Create Split Key

00000028

Join Split Key

00000029

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 293: Operation Enumeration

9.1.3.2.28 Result Status Enumeration

Result Status

Name

Value

Success

00000000

Operation Failed

00000001

Operation Pending

00000002

Operation Undone

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 294: Result Status Enumeration

9.1.3.2.29 Result Reason Enumeration

Result Reason

Name

Value

Item Not Found

00000001

Response Too Large

00000002

Authentication Not Successful

00000003

Invalid Message

00000004

Operation Not Supported

00000005

Missing Data

00000006

Invalid Field

00000007

Feature Not Supported

00000008

Operation Canceled By Requester

00000009

Cryptographic Failure

0000000A

Illegal Operation

0000000B

Permission Denied

0000000C

Object archived

0000000D

Index Out of Bounds

0000000E

Application Namespace Not Supported

0000000F

Key Format Type Not Supported

00000010

Key Compression Type Not Supported

00000011

Encoding Option Error

00000012

Key Value Not Present

00000013

Attestation Required

00000014

Attestation Failed

00000015

General Failure

00000100

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 295: Result Reason Enumeration

9.1.3.2.30 Batch Error Continuation Option Enumeration

Batch Error Continuation

Name

Value

Continue

00000001

Stop

00000002

Undo

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 296: Batch Error Continuation Option Enumeration

9.1.3.2.31 Usage Limits Unit Enumeration

Usage Limits Unit

Name

Value

Byte

00000001

Object

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 297: Usage Limits Unit Enumeration

9.1.3.2.32 Encoding Option Enumeration

Encoding Option

Name

Value

No Encoding

00000001

TTLV Encoding

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 298: Encoding Option Enumeration

9.1.3.2.33 Object Group Member Enumeration

Object Group Member Option

Name

Value

Group Member Fresh

00000001

Group Member Default

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 299: Object Group Member Enumeration

9.1.3.2.34 Alternative Name Type Enumeration

Alternative Name Type

Name

Value

Uninterpreted Text String

00000001

URI

00000002

Object Serial Number

00000003

Email Address

00000004

DNS Name

00000005

X.500 Distinguished Name

00000006

IP Address

00000007

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 300: Alternative Name Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.35 Key Value Location Type Enumeration

Key Value Location Type

Name

Value

Uninterpreted Text String

00000001

URI

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 301: Key Value Location Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.36 Attestation Type Enumeration

Attestation Type

Name

Value

TPM Quote

00000001

TCG Integrity Report

00000002

SAML Assertion

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 302: Attestation Type Enumeration

9.1.3.2.37 RNG Algorithm Enumeration

RNG Algorithm

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

FIPS 186-2

00000002

DRBG

00000003

NRBG

00000004

ANSI X9.31

00000005

ANSI X9.62

00000006

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Note: the user should be aware that a number of these algorithms are no longer recommended for general use and/or are deprecated. They are included for completeness.

 

9.1.3.2.38 DRBG Algorithm Enumeration

DRBG Algorithm

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Dual-EC

00000002

Hash

00000003

HMAC

00000004

CTR

00000005

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

9.1.3.2.39 FIPS186 Variation Enumeration

FIPS186 Variation

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

GP x-Original

00000002

GP x-Change Notice

00000003

x-Original

00000004

x-Change Notice

00000005

k-Original

00000006

k-Change Notice

00000007

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Note: the user should be aware that a number of these algorithms are no longer recommended for general use and/or are deprecated. They are included for completeness.

9.1.3.2.40 Validation Authority Type Enumeration

Validation Authority Type

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

NIST CMVP

00000002

Common Criteria

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

9.1.3.2.41 Validation Type Enumeration

Validation Type

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Hardware

00000002

Software

00000003

Firmware

00000004

Hybrid

00000005

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

9.1.3.2.42 Profile Name Enumeration

Profile Name Type

Name

Value

Baseline Server Basic KMIP v1.2

00000001

Baseline Server TLS v1.2 KMIP v1.2

00000002

Baseline Client Basic KMIP v1.2

00000003

Baseline Client TLS v1.2 KMIP v1.2

00000004

Complete Server Basic KMIP v1.2

00000005

Complete Server TLS v1.2 KMIP v1.2

00000006

Tape Library Client KMIP v1.0

00000007

Tape Library Client KMIP v1.1

00000008

Tape Library Client KMIP v1.2

00000009

Tape Library Server KMIP v1.0

0000000A

Tape Library Server KMIP v1.1

0000000B

Tape Library Server KMIP v1.2

0000000C

Symmetric Key Lifecycle Client KMIP v1.0

0000000D

Symmetric Key Lifecycle Client KMIP v1.1

0000000E

Symmetric Key Lifecycle Client KMIP v1.2

0000000F

Symmetric Key Lifecycle Server KMIP v1.0

00000010

Symmetric Key Lifecycle Server KMIP v1.1

00000011

Symmetric Key Lifecycle Server KMIP v1.2

00000012

Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Client KMIP v1.0

00000013

Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Client KMIP v1.1

00000014

Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Client KMIP v1.2

00000015

Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Server KMIP v1.0

00000016

Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Server KMIP v1.1

00000017

Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Server KMIP v1.2

00000018

Basic Cryptographic Client KMIP v1.2

00000019

Basic Cryptographic Server KMIP v1.2

0000001A

Advanced Cryptographic Client KMIP v1.2

0000001B

Advanced Cryptographic Server KMIP v1.2

0000001C

RNG Cryptographic Client KMIP v1.2

0000001D

RNG Cryptographic Server KMIP v1.2

0000001E

Basic Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.0

0000001F

Intermediate Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.0

00000020

Advanced Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.0

00000021

Basic Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.1

00000022

Intermediate Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.1

00000023

Advanced Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.1

00000024

Basic Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.2

00000025

Intermediate Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.2

00000026

Advanced Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.2

00000027

Symmetric Key Foundry Server KMIP v1.0

00000028

Symmetric Key Foundry Server KMIP v1.1

00000029

Symmetric Key Foundry Server KMIP v1.2

0000002A

Opaque Managed Object Store Client KMIP v1.0

0000002B

Opaque Managed Object Store Client KMIP v1.1

0000002C

Opaque Managed Object Store Client KMIP v1.2

0000002D

Opaque Managed Object Store Server KMIP v1.0

0000002E

Opaque Managed Object Store Server KMIP v1.1

0000002F

Opaque Managed Object Store Server KMIP v1.2

00000030

Suite B minLOS_128 Client KMIP v1.0

00000031

Suite B minLOS_128 Client KMIP v1.1

00000032

Suite B minLOS_128 Client KMIP v1.2

00000033

Suite B minLOS_128 Server KMIP v1.0

00000034

Suite B minLOS_128 Server KMIP v1.1

00000035

Suite B minLOS_128 Server KMIP v1.2

00000036

Suite B minLOS_192 Client KMIP v1.0

00000037

Suite B minLOS_192 Client KMIP v1.1

00000038

Suite B minLOS_192 Client KMIP v1.2

00000039

Suite B minLOS_192 Server KMIP v1.0

0000003A

Suite B minLOS_192 Server KMIP v1.1

0000003B

Suite B minLOS_192 Server KMIP v1.2

0000003C

Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Client KMIP v1.0

0000003D

Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Client KMIP v1.1

0000003E

Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Client KMIP v1.2

0000003F

Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Server KMIP v1.0

00000040

Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Server KMIP v1.1

00000041

Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Server KMIP v1.2

00000042

HTTPS Client KMIP v1.0

00000043

HTTPS Client KMIP v1.1

00000044

HTTPS Client KMIP v1.2

00000045

HTTPS Server KMIP v1.0

00000046

HTTPS Server KMIP v1.1

00000047

HTTPS Server KMIP v1.2

00000048

JSON Client KMIP v1.0

00000049

JSON Client KMIP v1.1

0000004A

JSON Client KMIP v1.2

0000004B

JSON Server KMIP v1.0

0000004C

JSON Server KMIP v1.1

0000004D

JSON Server KMIP v1.2

0000004E

XML Client KMIP v1.0

0000004F

XML Client KMIP v1.1

00000050

XML Client KMIP v1.2

00000051

XML Server KMIP v1.0

00000052

XML Server KMIP v1.1

00000053

XML Server KMIP v1.2

00000054

Baseline Server Basic KMIP v1.3

00000055

Baseline Server TLS v1.2 KMIP v1.3

00000056

Baseline Client Basic KMIP v1.3

00000057

Baseline Client TLS v1.2 KMIP v1.3

00000058

Complete Server Basic KMIP v1.3

00000059

Complete Server TLS v1.2 KMIP v1.3

0000005A

Tape Library Client KMIP v1.3

0000005B

Tape Library Server KMIP v1.3

0000005C

Symmetric Key Lifecycle Client KMIP v1.3

0000005D

Symmetric Key Lifecycle Server KMIP v1.3

0000005E

Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Client KMIP v1.3

0000005F

Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Server KMIP v1.3

00000060

Basic Cryptographic Client KMIP v1.3

00000061

Basic Cryptographic Server KMIP v1.3

00000062

Advanced Cryptographic Client KMIP v1.3

00000063

Advanced Cryptographic Server KMIP v1.3

00000064

RNG Cryptographic Client KMIP v1.3

00000065

RNG Cryptographic Server KMIP v1.3

00000066

Basic Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.3

00000067

Intermediate Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.3

00000068

Advanced Symmetric Key Foundry Client KMIP v1.3

00000069

Symmetric Key Foundry Server KMIP v1.3

0000006A

Opaque Managed Object Store Client KMIP v1.3

0000006B

Opaque Managed Object Store Server KMIP v1.3

0000006C

Suite B minLOS_128 Client KMIP v1.3

0000006D

Suite B minLOS_128 Server KMIP v1.3

0000006E

Suite B minLOS_192 Client KMIP v1.3

0000006F

Suite B minLOS_192 Server KMIP v1.3

00000070

Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Client KMIP v1.3

00000071

Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Server KMIP v1.3

00000072

HTTPS Client KMIP v1.3

00000073

HTTPS Server KMIP v1.3

00000074

JSON Client KMIP v1.3

00000075

JSON Server KMIP v1.3

00000076

XML Client KMIP v1.3

00000077

XML Server KMIP v1.3

00000078

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

9.1.3.2.43 Unwrap Mode Enumeration

Unwrap Mode

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Processed

00000002

Not Processed

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

9.1.3.2.44 Destroy Action Enumeration

Destroy Action Type

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Key Material Deleted

00000002

Key Material Shredded

00000003

Meta Data Deleted

00000004

Meta Data Shredded

00000005

Deleted

00000006

Shredded

00000007

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

9.1.3.2.45 Shredding Algorithm Enumeration

Shredding Algorithm

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Cryptographic

00000002

Unsupported

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

9.1.3.2.46 RNG Mode Enumeration

RNG Mode

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Shared Instantiation

00000002

Non-Shared Instantiation

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

9.1.3.2.47 Client Registration Method Enumeration

Client Registration Method

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Server Pre-Generated

00000002

Server On-Demand

00000003

Client Generated

00000004

Client Registered

00000005

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

9.1.3.3 Bit Masks

9.1.3.3.1 Cryptographic Usage Mask

Cryptographic Usage Mask

Name

Value

Sign

00000001

Verify

00000002

Encrypt

00000004

Decrypt

00000008

Wrap Key

00000010

Unwrap Key

00000020

Export

00000040

MAC Generate

00000080

MAC Verify

00000100

Derive Key

00000200

Content Commitment

(Non Repudiation)

00000400

Key Agreement

00000800

Certificate Sign

00001000

CRL Sign

00002000

Generate Cryptogram

00004000

Validate Cryptogram

00008000

Translate Encrypt

00010000

Translate Decrypt

00020000

Translate Wrap

00040000

Translate Unwrap

00080000

Extensions

XXX00000

Table 303: Cryptographic Usage Mask

This list takes into consideration values which MAY appear in the Key Usage extension in an X.509 certificate.

9.1.3.3.2 Storage Status Mask

Storage Status Mask

Name

Value

On-line storage

00000001

Archival storage

00000002

Extensions

XXXXXXX0

Table 304: Storage Status Mask

10 Transport

KMIP Servers and Clients SHALL establish and maintain channel confidentiality and integrity, and provide assurance of authenticity for KMIP messaging as specified in [KMIP-Prof].

11 Error Handling

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected.

11.1 General

These errors MAY occur when any protocol message is received by the server or client (in response to server-to-client operations).

Error Definition

Action

Result Reason

Protocol major version mismatch

Response message containing a header and a Batch Item without Operation, but with the Result Status field set to Operation Failed

Invalid Message

Error parsing batch item or payload within batch item

Batch item fails; Result Status is Operation Failed

Invalid Message

The same field is contained in a header/batch item/payload more than once

Result Status is Operation Failed

Invalid Message

Same major version, different minor versions; unknown fields/fields the server does not understand

Ignore unknown fields, process rest normally

N/A

Same major & minor version, unknown field

Result Status is Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Client is not allowed to perform the specified operation

Result Status is Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Maximum Response Size has been exceeded

Result Status is Operation Failed

Response Too Large

Server does not support operation

Result Status is Operation Failed

Operation Not Supported

The Criticality Indicator in a Message Extension structure is set to True, but the server does not understand the extension

Result Status is Operation Failed

Feature Not Supported

Message cannot be parsed

Response message containing a header and a Batch Item without Operation, but with the Result Status field set to Operation Failed

Invalid Message

Operation requires attestation data which was not provided by the client, and the client has set the Attestation Capable indicator to True

Result Status is Operation Failed

Attestation Required

Operation requires attestation data which was not provided by the client, and the client has set the Attestation Capable indicator to False

Result Status is Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Operation requires attestation data and the attestation data provided by the client does not validate

Result Status is Operation Failed

Attestation Failed

Table 305: General Errors

11.2 Create

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Object Type is not recognized

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Templates that do not exist are given in request

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Incorrect attribute value(s) specified

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Error creating cryptographic object

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Trying to set more instances than the server supports of an attribute that MAY have multiple instances

Operation Failed

Index Out of Bounds

Trying to create a new object with the same Name attribute value as an existing object

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Template object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 306: Create Errors

11.3 Create Key Pair

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Templates that do not exist are given in request

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Incorrect attribute value(s) specified

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Error creating cryptographic object

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Trying to create a new object with the same Name attribute value as an existing object

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Trying to set more instances than the server supports of an attribute that MAY have multiple instances

Operation Failed

Index Out of Bounds

REQUIRED field(s) missing

Operation Failed

Invalid Message

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Template object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 307: Create Key Pair Errors

11.4 Register

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Object Type is not recognized

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Object Type does not match type of cryptographic object provided

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Templates that do not exist are given in request

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Incorrect attribute value(s) specified

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Trying to register a new Template object containing a Name attribute with the Template structure

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Trying to register a new object with the same Name attribute value as an existing object

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Trying to set more instances than the server supports of an attribute that MAY have multiple instances

Operation Failed

Index Out of Bounds

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Template object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Encoding Option not permitted when Key Wrapping Specification contains attribute names

Operation Failed

Encoding Option Error

Table 308: Register Errors

11.5 Re-key

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object specified is not able to be re-keyed

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Offset field is not permitted to be specified at the same time as any of the Activation Date, Process Start Date, Protect Stop Date, or Deactivation Date attributes

Operation Failed

Invalid Message

Cryptographic error during re-key

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

An offset cannot be used to specify new Process Start, Protect Stop and/or Deactivation Date attribute values since no Activation Date has been specified for the existing key

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

The Key Value is not present on the server

Operation Failed

Key Value Not Present

Table 309: Re-key Errors

11.6 Re-key Key Pair

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object specified is not able to be re-keyed

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Offset field is not permitted to be specified at the same time as any of the Activation Date or Deactivation Date attributes

Operation Failed

Invalid Message

Cryptographic error during re-key

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

An offset cannot be used to specify new Process Start, Protect Stop and/or Deactivation Date attribute values since no Activation Date has been specified for the existing key

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

The Key Value is not present on the server

Operation Failed

Key Value Not Present

Table 310: Re-key Key Pair Errors

11.7 Derive Key

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

 

One or more of the objects specified do not exist

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

 

One or more of the objects specified are not of the correct type

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

 

Templates that do not exist are given in request

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

 

Invalid Derivation Method

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

 

Invalid Derivation Parameters

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

 

Ambiguous derivation data provided both with Derivation Data and Secret Data object.

Operation Failed

Invalid Message

 

Incorrect attribute value(s) specified

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

 

One or more of the specified objects are not able to be used to derive a new key

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

 

Trying to derive a new key with the same Name attribute value as an existing object

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

 

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

 

One or more of the objects is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

 

The specified length exceeds the output of the derivation method or other cryptographic error during derivation.

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

 

The Key Value is not present on the server

Operation Failed

Key Value Not Present

Table 311: Derive Key Errors-

11.8 Certify

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object specified is not able to be certified

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

The Certificate Request does not contain a signed certificate request of the specified Certificate Request Type

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 312: Certify Errors

11.9 Re-certify

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object specified is not able to be certified

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

The Certificate Request does not contain a signed certificate request of the specified Certificate Request Type

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Offset field is not permitted to be specified at the same time as any of the Activation Date or Deactivation Date attributes

Operation Failed

Invalid Message

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 313: Re-certify Errors

11.10 Locate

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Non-existing attributes, attributes that the server does not understand or templates that do not exist are given in the request

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Table 314: Locate Errors

11.11  Check

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Object does not exist

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Check cannot be performed on this object

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

The client is not allowed to use the object according to the specified attributes

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Table 315: Check Errors

11.12  Get

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Object does not exist

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Wrapping key does not exist

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object with Encryption Key Information exists, but it is not a key

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

Object with Encryption Key Information exists, but it is not able to be used for wrapping

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Object with MAC/Signature Key Information exists, but it is not a key

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

Object with MAC/Signature Key Information exists, but it is not able to be used for MACing/signing

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Object exists but cannot be provided in the desired Key Format Type and/or Key Compression Type

Operation Failed

Key Format Type and/or Key Compression Type Not Supported

Object exists and is not a Template, but the server only has attributes for this object

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

Cryptographic Parameters associated with the object do not exist or do not match those provided in the Encryption Key Information and/or Signature Key Information

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Object exists but cannot be provided in the desired Encoding Option

Operation Failed

Encoding Option Error

Encoding Option not permitted when Key Wrapping Specification contains attribute names

Operation Failed

Encoding Option Error

Table 316: Get Errors

11.13  Get Attributes

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

The same Attribute Name is present more than once

Operation Failed

Invalid Message

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 317: Get Attributes Errors

11.14  Get Attribute List

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 318: Get Attribute List Errors

11.15  Add Attribute

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Attempt to add a read-only attribute

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Attempt to add an attribute that is not supported for this object

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

The specified attribute already exists

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

New attribute contains Attribute Index

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Trying to add a Name attribute with the same value that another object already has

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

Trying to add a new instance to an attribute with multiple instances but the server limit on instances has been reached

Operation Failed

Index Out of Bounds

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 319: Add Attribute Errors

11.16  Modify Attribute

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

A specified attribute does not exist (i.e., it needs to first be added)

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

No matching attribute instance exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

The specified attribute is read-only

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Trying to set the Name attribute value to a value already used by another object

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 320: Modify Attribute Errors

11.17  Delete Attribute

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Attempt to delete a read-only/REQUIRED attribute

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

No matching attribute instance exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

No attribute with the specified name exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 321: Delete Attribute Errors

11.18  Obtain Lease

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

The server determines that a new lease is not permitted to be issued for the specified cryptographic object

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 322: Obtain Lease Errors

11.19  Get Usage Allocation

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object has no Usage Limits attribute, or the object is not able to be used for applying cryptographic protection

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

No Usage Limits Count is specified

Operation Failed

Invalid Message

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

The server was not able to grant the requested amount of usage allocation

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Table 323: Get Usage Allocation Errors

11.20  Activate

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Unique Identifier specifies a template or other object that is not able to be activated

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

Object is not in Pre-Active state

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 324: Activate Errors

11.21  Revoke

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Revocation Reason is not recognized

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Unique Identifier specifies a template or other object that is not able to be revoked

Operation Failed

Illegal Operation

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 325: Revoke Errors

11.22  Destroy

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object exists, but has already been destroyed

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Object is not in Pre-Active, Deactivated or Compromised state

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 326: Destroy Errors

11.23  Archive

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object is already archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 327: Archive Errors

11.24  Recover

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Table 328: Recover Errors

11.25  Validate

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

The combination of Certificate Objects and Unique Identifiers does not specify a certificate list

Operation Failed

Invalid Message

One or more of the objects is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 329: Validate Errors

11.26  Query

N/A

11.27  Discover Versions

N/A

11.28 Cancel

N/A

11.29  Poll

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No outstanding operation with the specified Asynchronous Correlation Value exists

Operation Failed

 Item Not Found

Table 330: Poll Errors

11.30  Encrypt

 

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object specified is not able to be used for encryption

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Cryptographic error during encryption

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

The Key Value is not present on the server

Operation Failed

Key Value Not Present

No outstanding operation with the specified Correlation Value exists

Operation Failed

 Item Not Found

Table 331: Encrypt Errors

11.31 Decrypt

 

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object specified is not able to be used for decryption

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Cryptographic error during decryption

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

The Key Value is not present on the server

Operation Failed

Key Value Not Present

No outstanding operation with the specified Correlation Value exists

Operation Failed

 Item Not Found

Table 332: Decrypt Errors

11.32 Sign

 

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object specified is not able to be used for signing

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Cryptographic error during signing

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

The Key Value is not present on the server

Operation Failed

Key Value Not Present

No outstanding operation with the specified Correlation Value exists

Operation Failed

 Item Not Found

Table 333: Sign Errors

11.33 Signature Verify

 

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object specified is not able to be used for signature verification

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Cryptographic error during signature verification

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

The Key Value is not present on the server

Operation Failed

Key Value Not Present

No outstanding operation with the specified Correlation Value exists

Operation Failed

 Item Not Found

Table 334: Signature Verify Errors

11.34 MAC

 

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object specified is not able to be used for MACing

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Cryptographic error during MACing

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

The Key Value is not present on the server

Operation Failed

Key Value Not Present

No outstanding operation with the specified Correlation Value exists

Operation Failed

 Item Not Found

Table 335: MAC Errors

11.35 MAC Verify

 

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Object specified is not able to be used for MAC verification

Operation Failed

Permission Denied

Cryptographic error during MAC verification

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

The Key Value is not present on the server

Operation Failed

Key Value Not Present

No outstanding operation with the specified Correlation Value exists

Operation Failed

 Item Not Found

Table 336: MAC Verify Errors

 

11.36 RNG Retrieve

 

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Cryptographic error during RNG Retrieve

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Table 337: RNG Retrieve Errors

11.37 RNG Seed

 

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Cryptographic error during RNG Seed

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Table 338: RNG Seed Errors

11.38 HASH

 

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Cryptographic error during HASH

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

No outstanding operation with the specified Correlation Value exists

Operation Failed

 Item Not Found

Table 339: HASH Errors

 

11.39 Create Split Key

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Object Type is not recognized

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Templates that do not exist are given in request

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Incorrect attribute value(s) specified

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Error creating cryptographic object

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Trying to set more instances than the server supports of an attribute that MAY have multiple instances

Operation Failed

Index Out of Bounds

Trying to create a new object with the same Name attribute value as an existing object

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Template object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Split Key Method not supported

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Table 340: Create Split Key Errors

11.40 Join Split Key

 

Error Definition

Result Status

Result Reason

Object Type is not recognized

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Templates that do not exist are given in request

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

Incorrect attribute value(s) specified

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

Error creating cryptographic object

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure

Trying to set more instances than the server supports of an attribute that MAY have multiple instances

Operation Failed

Index Out of Bounds

Trying to create a new object with the same Name attribute value as an existing object

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and Application Data cannot be generated if it was omitted from the client request

Operation Failed

Application Namespace Not Supported

Template object is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Number of Unique Identifiers given in request is less than Split Key Threshold

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure?

Split Key Method not supported

Operation Failed

Invalid Field

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Operation Failed

Item Not Found

One or more of the objects is archived

Operation Failed

Object Archived

Table 341: Join Split Key Errors

11.41 Batch Items

These errors MAY occur when a protocol message with one or more batch items is processed by the server. If a message with one or more batch items was parsed correctly, then the response message SHOULD include response(s) to the batch item(s) in the request according to the table below.

 

Error Definition

Action

Result Reason

Processing of batch item fails with Batch Error Continuation Option set to Stop

Batch item fails and Result Status is set to Operation Failed. Responses to batch items that have already been processed are returned normally. Responses to batch items that have not been processed are not returned.

See tables above, referring to the operation being performed in the batch item that failed

Processing of batch item fails with Batch Error Continuation Option set to Continue

Batch item fails and Result Status is set to Operation Failed. Responses to other batch items are returned normally.

See tables above, referring to the operation being performed in the batch item that failed

Processing of batch item fails with Batch Error Continuation Option set to Undo

Batch item fails and Result Status is set to Operation Failed. Batch items that had been processed have been undone and their responses are returned with Undone result status.

See tables above, referring to the operation being performed in the batch item that failed

Table 342: Batch Items Errors

12 KMIP Server and Client Implementation Conformance

12.1 KMIP Server Implementation Conformance

An implementation is a conforming KMIP Server if the implementation meets the conditions specified in one or more server profiles specified in [KMIP-Prof].

A KMIP server implementation SHALL be a conforming KMIP Server.

If a KMIP server implementation claims support for a particular server profile, then the implementation SHALL conform to all normative statements within the clauses specified for that profile and for any subclauses to each of those clauses.

12.2 KMIP Client Implementation Conformance

An implementation is a conforming KMIP Client if the implementation meets the conditions specified in one or more client profiles specified in [KMIP-Prof].

A KMIP client implementation SHALL be a conforming KMIP Client.

If a KMIP client implementation claims support for a particular client profile, then the implementation SHALL conform to all normative statements within the clauses specified for that profile and for any subclauses to each of those clauses.

Appendix A. Acknowledgments

The following individuals have participated in the creation of this specification and are gratefully acknowledged:

Participants:    

Warren Armstrong, QuintessenceLabs Pty Ltd.

Rinkesh Bansal, IBM

Lina Baquero, Fornetix

Jeff Bartell, Fornetix

Tom Benjamin, IBM

Anthony Berglas, Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Mathias Björkqvist, IBM

Todd Bottger, Oracle

Joseph Brand, Semper Fortis Solutions

Alan Brown, Thales e-Security

Robert Burns, Thales e-Security

Andrew Byrne, EMC

Hai-May Chao, Oracle

Chye-Lin Chee, Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

Tim Chevalier, NetApp

Kenli Chong, QuintessenceLabs Pty Ltd.

Justin Corlett, Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Tony Cox, Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Dinesh Dialani, SafeNet, Inc.

Michael Dong, Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

Alex Downey, Futurex

Kevin Driver, IBM

Stephen Edwards, Fornetix

James Espinoza, Futurex

Faisal Faruqui, Thales e-Security

Stan Feather, Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

David Featherstone, SafeNet, Inc.

Indra Fitzgerald, NetApp

Judith Furlong, EMC

Michael Gardiner, SafeNet, Inc.

Jonathan Geater, Thales e-Security

Susan Gleeson, Oracle

Saheem Granados, IBM

John Green, QuintessenceLabs Pty Ltd.

Robert Griffin, EMC

Robert Haas, IBM

Steve He, Vormetric, Inc.

Christopher Hiller, Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

Hao Hoang, Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

Tim Hudson, Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Michael Jenkins, National Security Agency

Mark Joseph, P6R, Inc.

Mahadev Karadigudda, NetApp

Jason Katonica, IBM

Tim Kelsey, Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

Stephen Kingston, SafeNet, Inc.

Kathy Kriese, Symantec Corp.

Leonardo Ladeira, SafeNet, Inc.

John Leiseboer, QuintessenceLabs Pty Ltd.

Hal Lockhart, Oracle

Robert Lockhart, Thales e-Security

Martin Luther, Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

Jane Melia, QuintessenceLabs Pty Ltd.

Prashant Mestri, IBM

Trisha Paine, SafeNet, Inc.

John Peck, IBM

Michael Phillips, Dell

Rob Philpott, EMC

Stefan Pingel, EMC

Ajai Puri, SafeNet, Inc.

Saravanan Ramalingam, Thales e-Security

Bruce Rich, Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Warren Robbins, Dell

Peter Robinson, EMC

Rick Robinson, IBM

Saikat Saha, Oracle

Boris Schumperli, Cryptomathic

Greg Scott, Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Amit Sinha, SafeNet, Inc.

Noida Uttar Pradesh,

Radhika Siravara, Oracle

Curtis Smith, Futurex

Ryan Smith, Futurex

Amruta Soman, Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Gerald Stueve, Fornetix

Jim Susoy, P6R, Inc.

Peter Tsai, Vormetric, Inc.

Nathan Turajski, Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

Charles White, Fornetix

Steve Wierenga, Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

Thomas Xuelin, Watchdata Technologies Pte Ltd.

Krishna Yellepeddy, IBM

Magda Zdunkiewicz, Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Yuan Zhang, Watchdata Technologies Pte Ltd.

Joshua Zhu, Vormetric, Inc.

 

 

Appendix B. Attribute Cross-Reference

The following table of Attribute names indicates the Managed Object(s) for which each attribute applies. This table is not normative.

Attribute Name

Managed Object

Certificate

Symmetric Key

Public Key

Private Key

Split Key

Template

Secret Data

Opaque Object

PGP Key

Unique Identifier

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Name

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Object Type

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Cryptographic Algorithm

x

x

x

x

x

x

 

 

x

Cryptographic Domain Parameters

 

 

x

x

 

x

 

 

 

Cryptographic Length

x

x

x

x

x

x

 

 

x

Cryptographic Parameters

x

x

x

x

x

x

 

 

x

Certificate Type

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

Certificate Identifier

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

Certificate Issuer

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

Certificate Length

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

Certificate Subject

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

Digital Signature Algorithm

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

Digest

x

x

x

x

x

 

x

 

x

Operation Policy Name

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Cryptographic Usage Mask

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

 

x

Lease Time

x

x

x

x

x

 

x

x

x

Usage Limits

 

x

x

x

x

x

 

 

 

State

x

x

x

x

x

 

x

 

x

Initial Date

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Activation Date

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

 

x

Process Start Date

 

x

 

 

x

x

 

 

 

Protect Stop Date

 

x

 

 

x

x

 

 

 

Deactivation Date

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Destroy Date

x

x

x

x

x

 

x

x

x

Compromise Occurrence Date

x

x

x

x

x

 

x

x

x

Compromise Date

x

x

x

x

x

 

x

x

x

Revocation Reason

x

x

x

x

x

 

x

x

x

Archive Date

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Object Group

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Fresh

x

x

x

x

x

 

 

 

x

Link

x

x

x

x

x

 

x

 

x

Application Specific Information

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Contact Information

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Last Change Date

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Custom Attribute

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Alternative Name

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Key Value Present

 

x

 

x

x

 

x

 

 

Key Value Location

 

x

 

x

x

 

x

 

 

Original Creation Date

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Table 343: Attribute Cross-reference

 

Appendix C. Tag Cross-Reference

This table is not normative.

Object

Defined

Type

Notes

Activation Date

3.24

Date-Time

 

Application Data

3.36

Text String

 

Application Namespace

3.36

Text String

 

Application Specific Information

3.36

Structure

 

Archive Date

3.32

Date-Time

 

Asynchronous Correlation Value

6.8

Byte String

 

Asynchronous Indicator

6.7

Boolean

 

Attribute

2.1.1

Structure

 

Attribute Index

2.1.1

Integer

 

Attribute Name

2.1.1

Text String

 

Attribute Value

2.1.1

*

type varies

Authentication

6.6

Structure

 

Batch Count

6.14

Integer

 

Batch Error Continuation Option

6.13, 9.1.3.2.30

Enumeration

 

Batch Item

6.15

Structure

 

Batch Order Option

6.12

Boolean

 

Block Cipher Mode

3.6, 9.1.3.2.14

Enumeration

 

Cancellation Result

4.27, 9.1.3.2.25

Enumeration

 

Certificate

2.2.1

Structure

 

Certificate Identifier

3.13

Structure

deprecated as of version 1.1

Certificate Issuer

3.13

Structure

deprecated as of version 1.1

Certificate Issuer Alternative Name

3.15

Text String

deprecated as of version 1.1

Certificate Issuer Distinguished Name

3.15

Text String

deprecated as of version 1.1

Certificate Length

3.9

Integer

 

Certificate Request

4.7, 4.8

Byte String

 

Certificate Request Type

4.7, 4.8, 9.1.3.2.22

Enumeration

 

Certificate Serial Number

3.9

Byte String

 

Certificate Subject

3.14

Structure

deprecated as of version 1.1

Certificate Subject Alternative Name

3.14

Text String

deprecated as of version 1.1

Certificate Subject Distinguished Name

3.14

Text String

deprecated as of version 1.1

Certificate Type

2.2.1, 3.8 , 9.1.3.2.6

Enumeration

 

Certificate Value

2.2.1

Byte String

 

Common Template-Attribute

2.1.8

Structure

 

Compromise Occurrence Date

3.29

Date-Time

 

Compromise Date

3.30

Date-Time

 

Contact Information

3.37

Text String

 

Credential

2.1.2

Structure

 

Credential Type

2.1.2, 9.1.3.2.1

Enumeration

 

Credential Value

2.1.2

*

type varies

Criticality Indicator

6.16

Boolean

 

CRT Coefficient

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Cryptographic Algorithm

3.4, 9.1.3.2.13

Enumeration

 

Cryptographic Length

3.5

Integer

 

Cryptographic Parameters

3.6

Structure

 

Cryptographic Usage Mask

3.19, 9.1.3.3.1

Integer

Bit mask

Custom Attribute

3.39

*

type varies

D

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Deactivation Date

3.27

Date-Time

 

Derivation Data

4.6

Byte String

 

Derivation Method

4.6, 9.1.3.2.21

Enumeration

 

Derivation Parameters

4.6

Structure

 

Destroy Date

3.28

Date-Time

 

Device Identifier

2.1.2

Text String

 

Device Serial Number

2.1.2

Text String

 

Digest

3.17

Structure

 

Digest Value

3.17

Byte String

 

Digital Signature Algorithm

3.16

Enumeration

 

Encoding Option

2.1.5, 2.1.6, 9.1.3.2.32

Enumeration

 

Encryption Key Information

2.1.5

Structure

 

Extension Information

2.1.9

Structure

 

Extension Name

2.1.9

Text String

 

Extension Tag

2.1.9

Integer

 

Extension Type

2.1.9

Integer

 

Extensions

9.1.3

 

 

Fresh

3.34

Boolean

 

G

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Hashing Algorithm

3.6, 3.17, 9.1.3.2.16

Enumeration

 

Initial Date

3.23

Date-Time

 

Initialization Vector

4.6

Byte String

 

Issuer

3.13

Text String

deprecated as of version 1.1

Issuer Alternative Name

3.12

Byte String

 

Issuer Distinguished Name

3.12

Byte String

 

Iteration Count

4.6

Integer

 

IV/Counter/Nonce

2.1.5

Byte String

 

J

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Key

2.1.7

Byte String

 

Key Block

2.1.3

Structure

 

Key Compression Type

9.1.3.2.2

Enumeration

 

Key Format Type

2.1.4, 9.1.3.2.3

Enumeration

 

Key Material

2.1.4, 2.1.7

Byte String / Structure

 

Key Part Identifier

2.2.5

Integer

 

Key Role Type

3.6, 9.1.3.2.17

Enumeration

 

Key Value

2.1.4

Byte String / Structure

 

Key Wrapping Data

2.1.5

Structure

 

Key Wrapping Specification

2.1.6

Structure

 

Last Change Date

3.38

Date-Time

 

Lease Time

3.20

Interval

 

Link

3.35

Structure

 

Link Type

3.35, 9.1.3.2.20

Enumeration

 

Linked Object Identifier

3.35

Text String

 

MAC/Signature

2.1.5

Byte String

 

MAC/Signature Key Information

2.1.5

Text String

 

Machine Identifier

2.1.2

Text String

 

Maximum Items

4.9

Integer

 

Maximum Response Size

6.3

Integer

 

Media Identifier

2.1.2

Text String

 

Message Extension

6.16

Structure

 

Modulus

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Name

3.2

Structure

 

Name Type

3.2, 9.1.3.2.11

Enumeration

 

Name Value

3.2

Text String

 

Network Identifier

2.1.2

Text String

 

Object Group

3.33

Text String

 

Object Group Member

4.9

Enumeration

 

Object Type

3.3, 9.1.3.2.12

Enumeration

 

Offset

4.4, 4.8

Interval

 

Opaque Data Type

2.2.8, 9.1.3.2.10

Enumeration

 

Opaque Data Value

2.2.8

Byte String

 

Opaque Object

2.2.8

Structure

 

Operation

6.2, 9.1.3.2.27

Enumeration

 

Operation Policy Name

3.18

Text String

 

P

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Password

2.1.2

Text String

 

Padding Method

3.6, 9.1.3.2.15

Enumeration

 

Prime Exponent P

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Prime Exponent Q

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Prime Field Size

2.2.5

Big Integer

 

Private Exponent

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Private Key

2.2.4

Structure

 

Private Key Template-Attribute

2.1.8

Structure

 

Private Key Unique Identifier

4.2

Text String

 

Process Start Date

3.25

Date-Time

 

Protect Stop Date

3.26

Date-Time

 

Protocol Version

6.1

Structure

 

Protocol Version Major

6.1

Integer

 

Protocol Version Minor

6.1

Integer

 

Public Exponent

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Public Key

2.2.3

Structure

 

Public Key Template-Attribute

2.1.8

Structure

 

Public Key Unique Identifier

4.2

Text String

 

Put Function

5.2, 9.1.3.2.26

Enumeration

 

Q

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Q String

2.1.7

Byte String

 

Qlength

3.7

Integer

 

Query Function

4.25, 9.1.3.2.24

Enumeration

 

Recommended Curve

2.1.7, 3.7, 9.1.3.2.5

Enumeration

 

Replaced Unique Identifier

5.2

Text String

 

Request Header

7.2

Structure

 

Request Message

7.1

Structure

 

Request Payload

4, 5, 7.2

Structure

 

Response Header

7.2

Structure

 

Response Message

7.1

Structure

 

Response Payload

4, 7.2

Structure

 

Result Message

6.11

Text String

 

Result Reason

6.10, 9.1.3.2.29

Enumeration

 

Result Status

6.9, 9.1.3.2.28

Enumeration

 

Revocation Message

3.31

Text String

 

Revocation Reason

3.31

Structure

 

Revocation Reason Code

3.31, 9.1.3.2.19

Enumeration

 

Salt

4.6

Byte String

 

Secret Data

2.2.7

Structure

 

Secret Data Type

2.2.7, 9.1.3.2.9

Enumeration

 

Serial Number

3.13

Text String

deprecated as of version 1.1

Server Information

4.25

Structure

contents vendor-specific

Split Key

2.2.5

Structure

 

Split Key Method

2.2.5, 9.1.3.2.8

Enumeration

 

Split Key Parts

2.2.5

Integer

 

Split Key Threshold

2.2.5

Integer

 

State

3.22, 9.1.3.2.18

Enumeration

 

Storage Status Mask

4.9, 9.1.3.3.2

Integer

Bit mask

Subject Alternative Name

3.11

Byte String

 

Subject Distinguished Name

3.11

Byte String

 

Symmetric Key

2.2.2

Structure

 

Template

2.2.6

Structure

 

Template-Attribute

2.1.8

Structure

 

Time Stamp

6.5

Date-Time

 

Transparent*

2.1.7

Structure

 

Unique Identifier

3.1

Text String

 

Unique Batch Item ID

6.4

Byte String

 

Username

2.1.2

Text String

 

Usage Limits

3.21

Structure

 

Usage Limits Count

3.21

Long Integer

 

Usage Limits Total

3.21

Long Integer

 

Usage Limits Unit

3.21

Enumeration

 

Validity Date

4.24

Date-Time

 

Validity Indicator

4.24, 9.1.3.2.23

Enumeration

 

Vendor Extension

6.16

Structure

contents vendor-specific

Vendor Identification

4.25, 6.16

Text String

 

Wrapping Method

2.1.5, 9.1.3.2.4

Enumeration

 

X

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

X.509 Certificate Identifier

3.9

Structure

 

X.509 Certificate Issuer

3.12

Structure

 

X.509 Certificate Subject

3.11

Structure

 

Y

2.1.7

Big Integer

 

Table 344: Tag Cross-reference

 

Appendix D. Operations and Object Cross-Reference

The following table indicates the types of Managed Object(s) that each Operation accepts as input or provides as output. This table is not normative.

Operation

                                                               Managed Objects

Certificate

Symmetric Key

Public Key

Private Key

Split Key

Template

Secret Data

Opaque Object

PGP Key

Create

N/A

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

Create Key Pair

N/A

N/A

Y

Y

N/A

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

Register

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Re-key

N/A

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

Re-key Key Pair

N/A

N/A

Y

Y

N/A

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

Derive Key

N/A

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

Y

Y

N/A

N/A

Certify

Y

N/A

Y

N/A

N/A

Y

N/A

N/A

Y

Re-certify

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Y

N/A

N/A

Y

Locate

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Check

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

N/A

Y

Y

Y

Get

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Get Attributes

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Get Attribute List

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Add Attribute

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Modify Attribute

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Delete Attribute

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Obtain Lease

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

N/A

Y

N/A

Y

Get Usage Allocation

N/A

Y

Y

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Activate

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

N/A

Y

N/A

Y

Revoke

Y

Y

N/A

Y

Y

N/A

Y

Y

Y

Destroy

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Archive

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Recover

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Validate

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Y

Query

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Cancel

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Poll

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Notify

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Put

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Discover Versions

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Table 345: Operation and Object Cross-reference

Appendix E.  Acronyms

The following abbreviations and acronyms are used in this document:

3DES               - Triple Data Encryption Standard specified in ANSI X9.52

AES                 - Advanced Encryption Standard specified in [FIPS197]FIPS 197

ASN.1               - Abstract Syntax Notation One specified in ITU-T X.680

BDK                 - Base Derivation Key specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

CA                    - Certification Authority

CBC                 - Cipher Block Chaining

CCM                 - Counter with CBC-MAC specified in [SP800-38C]

CFB                  - Cipher Feedback specified in [SP800-38A]

CMAC               - Cipher-based MAC specified in [SP800-38B]

CMC                 - Certificate Management Messages over CMS specified in [RFC5272]

CMP                 - Certificate Management Protocol specified in [RFC4210]

CPU                 - Central Processing Unit

CRL                  - Certificate Revocation List specified in [RFC5280]

CRMF               - Certificate Request Message Format specified in [RFC4211]

CRT                  - Chinese Remainder Theorem

CTR                  - Counter specified in [SP800-38A]

CVK                 - Card Verification Key specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

DEK                 - Data Encryption Key

DER                 - Distinguished Encoding Rules specified in ITU-T X.690

DES                 - Data Encryption Standard specified in FIPS 46-3

DH                   - Diffie-Hellman specified in ANSI X9.42

DNS                 - Domain Name Server

DSA                 - Digital Signature Algorithm specified in FIPS 186-3

DSKPP             - Dynamic Symmetric Key Provisioning Protocol

ECB                 - Electronic Code Book

ECDH               - Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman specified in [X9.63][SP800-56A]

ECDSA             - Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm specified in [X9.62]

ECMQV            - Elliptic Curve Menezes Qu Vanstone specified in [X9.63][SP800-56A]

FFC                  - Finite Field Cryptography

FIPS                 - Federal Information Processing Standard

GCM                 - Galois/Counter Mode specified in [SP800-38D]

GF                    - Galois field (or finite field)

HMAC               - Keyed-Hash Message Authentication Code specified in [FIPS198-1][RFC2104]

HTTP                - Hyper Text Transfer Protocol

HTTP(S)            - Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (Secure socket)

IEEE                 - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

IETF                 - Internet Engineering Task Force

IP                     - Internet Protocol

IPsec                - Internet Protocol Security

IV                     - Initialization Vector

KEK                 - Key Encryption Key

KMIP                - Key Management Interoperability Protocol

MAC                 - Message Authentication Code

MKAC               - EMV/chip card Master Key: Application Cryptograms specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MKCP               - EMV/chip card Master Key: Card Personalization specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MKDAC            - EMV/chip card Master Key: Data Authentication Code specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MKDN              - EMV/chip card Master Key: Dynamic Numbers specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MKOTH             - EMV/chip card Master Key: Other specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MKSMC            - EMV/chip card Master Key: Secure Messaging for Confidentiality specified in X9 TR-31

MKSMI             - EMV/chip card Master Key: Secure Messaging for Integrity specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MD2                 - Message Digest 2 Algorithm specified in [RFC1319]

MD4                 - Message Digest 4 Algorithm specified in [RFC1320]

MD5                 - Message Digest 5 Algorithm specified in [RFC1321]

NIST                 - National Institute of Standards and Technology

OAEP               - Optimal Asymmetric Encryption Padding specified in [PKCS#1]

OFB                 - Output Feedback specified in [SP800-38A]

PBKDF2           - Password-Based Key Derivation Function 2 specified in [RFC2898]

PCBC               - Propagating Cipher Block Chaining

PEM                 - Privacy Enhanced Mail specified in [RFC1421]

PGP                 - OpenPGP specified in [RFC4880]

PKCS               - Public-Key Cryptography Standards

PKCS#1            - RSA Cryptography Specification Version 2.1 specified in [RFC3447]

PKCS#5            - Password-Based Cryptography Specification Version 2 specified in [RFC2898]

PKCS#8            - Private-Key Information Syntax Specification Version 1.2 specified in [RFC5208]

PKCS#10          - Certification Request Syntax Specification Version 1.7 specified in [RFC2986]

POSIX              - Portable Operating System Interface

RFC                  - Request for Comments documents of IETF

RSA                 - Rivest, Shamir, Adelman (an algorithm)

RNG                 - Random Number Generator

SCEP               - Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol

SCVP               - Server-based Certificate Validation Protocol

SHA                 - Secure Hash Algorithm specified in FIPS 180-2

SP                    - Special Publication

SSL/TLS           - Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security

S/MIME            - Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions

TDEA               - see 3DES

TCP                  - Transport Control Protocol

TTLV                 - Tag, Type, Length, Value

URI                   - Uniform Resource Identifier

UTC                  - Coordinated Universal Time

UTF-8               - Universal Transformation Format 8-bit specified in [RFC3629]

XKMS               - XML Key Management Specification

XML                 - Extensible Markup Language

XTS                  - XEX Tweakable Block Cipher with Ciphertext Stealing specified in [SP800-38E]

X.509                - Public Key Certificate specified in [RFC5280]

ZPK                  - PIN Block Encryption Key specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

Appendix F.  List of Figures and Tables

Figure 1: Cryptographic Object States and Transitions

 

Table 1: Terminology. 14

Table 2: Attribute Object Structure. 18

Table 3: Credential Object Structure. 19

Table 4: Credential Value Structure for the Username and Password Credential 19

Table 5: Credential Value Structure for the Device Credential 19

Table 6: Credential Value Structure for the Attestation Credential 20

Table 7: Key Block Object Structure. 21

Table 8: Key Value Object Structure. 22

Table 9: Key Wrapping Data Object Structure. 23

Table 10: Encryption Key Information Object Structure. 23

Table 11: MAC/Signature Key Information Object Structure. 24

Table 12: Key Wrapping Specification Object Structure. 24

Table 13: Parameter mapping. 25

Table 14: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent Symmetric Keys. 26

Table 15: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DSA Private Keys. 26

Table 16: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DSA Public Keys. 26

Table 17: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent RSA Private Keys. 27

Table 18: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent RSA Public Keys. 27

Table 19: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DH Private Keys. 27

Table 20: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DH Public Keys. 28

Table 21: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECDSA Private Keys. 28

Table 22: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECDSA Public Keys. 28

Table 23: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECDH Private Keys. 29

Table 24: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECDH Public Keys. 29

Table 25: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECMQV Private Keys. 29

Table 26: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent ECMQV Public Keys. 30

Table 27: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent EC Private Keys. 30

Table 28: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent EC Public Keys. 30

Table 29: Template-Attribute Object Structure. 31

Table 30: Extension Information Structure. 31

Table 31: Data Structure. 31

Table 32: Data Length Structure. 31

Table 33: Signature Data Structure. 32

Table 34: MAC Data Structure. 32

Table 35: Nonce Structure. 32

Table 36: Correlation Value Structure. 32

Table 37: Init Indicator Structure. 32

Table 38: Final Indicator Structure. 33

Table 39: RNG Parameters Structure. 33

Table 40: Profile Information Structure. 34

Table 41: Validation Information Structure. 34

Table 42: Capability Information Structure. 35

Table 43: Certificate Object Structure. 35

Table 44: Symmetric Key Object Structure. 35

Table 45: Public Key Object Structure. 36

Table 46: Private Key Object Structure. 36

Table 47: Split Key Object Structure. 36

Table 48: Template Object Structure. 38

Table 49: Secret Data Object Structure. 38

Table 50: Opaque Object Structure. 38

Table 51: PGP Key Object Structure. 38

Table 52: Attribute Rules. 40

Table 53: Unique Identifier Attribute. 40

Table 54: Unique Identifier Attribute Rules. 41

Table 55: Name Attribute Structure. 41

Table 56: Name Attribute Rules. 41

Table 57: Object Type Attribute. 42

Table 58: Object Type Attribute Rules. 42

Table 59: Cryptographic Algorithm Attribute. 42

Table 60: Cryptographic Algorithm Attribute Rules. 42

Table 61: Cryptographic Length Attribute. 43

Table 62: Cryptographic Length Attribute Rules. 43

Table 63: Cryptographic Parameters Attribute Structure. 44

Table 64: Cryptographic Parameters Attribute Rules. 44

Table 65: Key Role Types. 45

Table 66: Cryptographic Domain Parameters Attribute Structure. 46

Table 67: Cryptographic Domain Parameters Attribute Rules. 46

Table 68: Certificate Type Attribute. 46

Table 69: Certificate Type Attribute Rules. 46

Table 70: Certificate Length Attribute. 47

Table 71: Certificate Length Attribute Rules. 47

Table 72: X.509 Certificate Identifier Attribute Structure. 47

Table 73: X.509 Certificate Identifier Attribute Rules. 47

Table 74: X.509 Certificate Subject Attribute Structure. 48

Table 75: X.509 Certificate Subject Attribute Rules. 48

Table 76: X.509 Certificate Issuer Attribute Structure. 48

Table 77: X.509 Certificate Issuer Attribute Rules. 49

Table 78: Certificate Identifier Attribute Structure. 49

Table 79: Certificate Identifier Attribute Rules. 49

Table 80: Certificate Subject Attribute Structure. 50

Table 81: Certificate Subject Attribute Rules. 50

Table 82: Certificate Issuer Attribute Structure. 51

Table 83: Certificate Issuer Attribute Rules. 51

Table 84: Digital Signature Algorithm Attribute. 51

Table 85: Digital Signature Algorithm Attribute Rules. 51

Table 86: Digest Attribute Structure. 52

Table 87: Digest Attribute Rules. 52

Table 88: Operation Policy Name Attribute. 53

Table 89: Operation Policy Name Attribute Rules. 53

Table 90: Default Operation Policy for Secret Objects. 54

Table 91: Default Operation Policy for Certificates and Public Key Objects. 55

Table 92: Default Operation Policy for Private Template Objects. 55

Table 93: Default Operation Policy for Public Template Objects. 56

Table 94: X.509 Key Usage to Cryptographic Usage Mask Mapping. 57

Table 95: Cryptographic Usage Mask Attribute. 57

Table 96: Cryptographic Usage Mask Attribute Rules. 57

Table 97: Lease Time Attribute. 58

Table 98: Lease Time Attribute Rules. 58

Table 99: Usage Limits Attribute Structure. 59

Table 100: Usage Limits Attribute Rules. 59

Table 101: State Attribute. 61

Table 102: State Attribute Rules. 61

Table 103: Initial Date Attribute. 61

Table 104: Initial Date Attribute Rules. 61

Table 105: Activation Date Attribute. 62

Table 106: Activation Date Attribute Rules. 62

Table 107: Process Start Date Attribute. 62

Table 108: Process Start Date Attribute Rules. 63

Table 109: Protect Stop Date Attribute. 63

Table 110: Protect Stop Date Attribute Rules. 64

Table 111: Deactivation Date Attribute. 64

Table 112: Deactivation Date Attribute Rules. 64

Table 113: Destroy Date Attribute. 64

Table 114: Destroy Date Attribute Rules. 65

Table 115: Compromise Occurrence Date Attribute. 65

Table 116: Compromise Occurrence Date Attribute Rules. 65

Table 117: Compromise Date Attribute. 65

Table 118: Compromise Date Attribute Rules. 66

Table 119: Revocation Reason Attribute Structure. 66

Table 120: Revocation Reason Attribute Rules. 66

Table 121: Archive Date Attribute. 67

Table 122: Archive Date Attribute Rules. 67

Table 123: Object Group Attribute. 67

Table 124: Object Group Attribute Rules. 67

Table 125: Fresh Attribute. 67

Table 126: Fresh Attribute Rules. 68

Table 127: Link Attribute Structure. 69

Table 128: Link Attribute Structure Rules. 69

Table 129: Application Specific Information Attribute. 70

Table 130: Application Specific Information Attribute Rules. 70

Table 131: Contact Information Attribute. 70

Table 132: Contact Information Attribute Rules. 70

Table 133: Last Change Date Attribute. 71

Table 134: Last Change Date Attribute Rules. 71

Table 135 Custom Attribute. 71

Table 136: Custom Attribute Rules. 72

Table 137: Alternative Name Attribute Structure. 72

Table 138: Alternative Name Attribute Rules. 72

Table 139: Key Value Present Attribute. 73

Table 140: Key Value Present Attribute Rules. 73

Table 141: Key Value Location Attribute. 73

Table 142: Key Value Location Attribute Rules. 73

Table 143: Original Creation Date Attribute. 74

Table 144: Original Creation Date Attribute Rules. 74

Table 145: Random Number Generator Attribute. 75

Table 146: Random Number Generator Attribute Rules. 75

Table 147: Create Request Payload. 77

Table 148: Create Response Payload. 78

Table 149: Create Attribute Requirements. 78

Table 150: Create Key Pair Request Payload. 79

Table 151: Create Key Pair Response Payload. 80

Table 152: Create Key Pair Attribute Requirements. 81

Table 153: Register Request Payload. 82

Table 154: Register Response Payload. 82

Table 155: Register Attribute Requirements. 83

Table 156: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-key. 84

Table 157: Re-key Attribute Requirements. 84

Table 158: Re-key Request Payload. 85

Table 159: Re-key Response Payload. 85

Table 160: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-key Key Pair 86

Table 161: Re-key Key Pair Attribute Requirements. 87

Table 162: Re-key Key Pair Request Payload. 88

Table 163: Re-key Key Pair Response Payload. 89

Table 164: Derive Key Request Payload. 91

Table 165: Derive Key Response Payload. 92

Table 166: Derivation Parameters Structure (Except PBKDF2) 92

Table 167: PBKDF2 Derivation Parameters Structure. 93

Table 168: Certify Request Payload. 94

Table 169: Certify Response Payload. 94

Table 170: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-certify. 95

Table 171: Re-certify Attribute Requirements. 96

Table 172: Re-certify Request Payload. 96

Table 173: Re-certify Response Payload. 97

Table 174: Locate Request Payload. 98

Table 175: Locate Response Payload. 99

Table 176: Check Request Payload. 100

Table 177: Check Response Payload. 100

Table 178: Get Request Payload. 101

Table 179: Get Response Payload. 101

Table 180: Get Attributes Request Payload. 101

Table 181: Get Attributes Response Payload. 102

Table 182: Get Attribute List Request Payload. 102

Table 183: Get Attribute List Response Payload. 102

Table 184: Add Attribute Request Payload. 102

Table 185: Add Attribute Response Payload. 103

Table 186: Modify Attribute Request Payload. 103

Table 187: Modify Attribute Response Payload. 103

Table 188: Delete Attribute Request Payload. 104

Table 189: Delete Attribute Response Payload. 104

Table 190: Obtain Lease Request Payload. 104

Table 191: Obtain Lease Response Payload. 105

Table 192: Get Usage Allocation Request Payload. 105

Table 193: Get Usage Allocation Response Payload. 105

Table 194: Activate Request Payload. 106

Table 195: Activate Response Payload. 106

Table 196: Revoke Request Payload. 106

Table 197: Revoke Response Payload. 106

Table 198: Destroy Request Payload. 107

Table 199: Destroy Response Payload. 107

Table 200: Archive Request Payload. 107

Table 201: Archive Response Payload. 107

Table 202: Recover Request Payload. 108

Table 203: Recover Response Payload. 108

Table 204: Validate Request Payload. 108

Table 205: Validate Response Payload. 108

Table 206: Query Request Payload. 110

Table 207: Query Response Payload. 110

Table 208: Discover Versions Request Payload. 111

Table 209: Discover Versions Response Payload. 111

Table 210: Cancel Request Payload. 111

Table 211: Cancel Response Payload. 112

Table 212: Poll Request Payload. 112

Table 213: Encrypt Request Payload. 113

Table 214: Encrypt Response Payload. 114

Table 215: Decrypt Request Payload. 115

Table 216: Decrypt Response Payload. 115

Table 217: Sign Request Payload. 116

Table 218: Sign Response Payload. 117

Table 219: Signature Verify Request Payload. 118

Table 220: Signature Verify Response Payload. 118

Table 221: MAC Request Payload. 119

Table 222: MAC Response Payload. 120

Table 223: MAC Verify Request Payload. 121

Table 224: MAC Verify Response Payload. 121

Table 225: RNG Retrieve Request Payload. 121

Table 226: RNG Retrieve Response Payload. 121

Table 227: RNG Seed Request Payload. 122

Table 228: RNG Seed Response Payload. 122

Table 229: Hash Request Payload. 122

Table 230: Hash Response Payload. 123

Table 231: Create Split Key Request Payload. 123

Table 232: Create Split Key Response Payload. 124

Table 233: Join Split Key Request Payload. 124

Table 234: Join Split Key Response Payload. 125

Table 235: Notify Message Payload. 126

Table 236: Put Message Payload. 127

Table 237: Query Request Payload. 128

Table 238: Query Response Payload. 129

Table 239: Discover Versions Request Payload. 129

Table 240: Discover Versions Response Payload. 130

Table 241: Protocol Version Structure in Message Header 131

Table 242: Operation in Batch Item.. 131

Table 243: Maximum Response Size in Message Request Header 131

Table 244: Unique Batch Item ID in Batch Item.. 132

Table 245: Time Stamp in Message Header 132

Table 246: Authentication Structure in Message Header 132

Table 247: Asynchronous Indicator in Message Request Header 132

Table 248: Asynchronous Correlation Value in Response Batch Item.. 132

Table 249: Result Status in Response Batch Item.. 133

Table 250: Result Reason in Response Batch Item.. 134

Table 251: Result Message in Response Batch Item.. 134

Table 252: Batch Order Option in Message Request Header 134

Table 253: Batch Error Continuation Option in Message Request Header 135

Table 254: Batch Count in Message Header 135

Table 255: Batch Item in Message. 135

Table 256: Message Extension Structure in Batch Item.. 135

Table 257: Attestation Capable Indicator in Message Request Header 136

Table 258: Request Message Structure. 137

Table 259: Response Message Structure. 137

Table 260: Request Header Structure. 138

Table 261: Request Batch Item Structure. 138

Table 262: Response Header Structure. 139

Table 263: Response Batch Item Structure. 139

Table 264: Allowed Item Type Values. 141

Table 265: Allowed Item Length Values. 142

Table 266: Tag Values. 151

Table 267: Credential Type Enumeration. 151

Table 268: Key Compression Type Enumeration. 152

Table 269: Key Format Type Enumeration. 153

Table 270: Wrapping Method Enumeration. 153

Table 271: Recommended Curve Enumeration for ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV. 155

Table 272: Certificate Type Enumeration. 155

Table 273: Digital Signature Algorithm Enumeration. 156

Table 274: Split Key Method Enumeration. 156

Table 275: Secret Data Type Enumeration. 157

Table 276: Opaque Data Type Enumeration. 157

Table 277: Name Type Enumeration. 157

Table 278: Object Type Enumeration. 157

Table 279: Cryptographic Algorithm Enumeration. 158

Table 280: Block Cipher Mode Enumeration. 159

Table 281: Padding Method Enumeration. 159

Table 282: Hashing Algorithm Enumeration. 160

Table 283: Key Role Type Enumeration. 161

Table 284: State Enumeration. 162

Table 285: Revocation Reason Code Enumeration. 162

Table 286: Link Type Enumeration. 162

Table 287: Derivation Method Enumeration. 163

Table 288: Certificate Request Type Enumeration. 163

Table 289: Validity Indicator Enumeration. 163

Table 290: Query Function Enumeration. 164

Table 291: Cancellation Result Enumeration. 164

Table 292: Put Function Enumeration. 164

Table 293: Operation Enumeration. 166

Table 294: Result Status Enumeration. 166

Table 295: Result Reason Enumeration. 167

Table 296: Batch Error Continuation Option Enumeration. 168

Table 297: Usage Limits Unit Enumeration. 168

Table 298: Encoding Option Enumeration. 168

Table 299: Object Group Member Enumeration. 168

Table 300: Alternative Name Type Enumeration. 168

Table 301: Key Value Location Type Enumeration. 169

Table 302: Attestation Type Enumeration. 169

Table 303: Cryptographic Usage Mask. 176

Table 304: Storage Status Mask. 176

Table 305: General Errors. 179

Table 306: Create Errors. 179

Table 307: Create Key Pair Errors. 180

Table 308: Register Errors. 180

Table 309: Re-key Errors. 181

Table 310: Re-key Key Pair Errors. 182

Table 311: Derive Key Errors- 182

Table 312: Certify Errors. 183

Table 313: Re-certify Errors. 183

Table 314: Locate Errors. 184

Table 315: Check Errors. 184

Table 316: Get Errors. 185

Table 317: Get Attributes Errors. 185

Table 318: Get Attribute List Errors. 185

Table 319: Add Attribute Errors. 186

Table 320: Modify Attribute Errors. 186

Table 321: Delete Attribute Errors. 186

Table 322: Obtain Lease Errors. 187

Table 323: Get Usage Allocation Errors. 187

Table 324: Activate Errors. 187

Table 325: Revoke Errors. 188

Table 326: Destroy Errors. 188

Table 327: Archive Errors. 188

Table 328: Recover Errors. 188

Table 329: Validate Errors. 189

Table 330: Poll Errors. 189

Table 331: Encrypt Errors. 189

Table 332: Decrypt Errors. 190

Table 333: Sign Errors. 190

Table 334: Signature Verify Errors. 191

Table 335: MAC Errors. 191

Table 336: MAC Verify Errors. 191

Table 337: RNG Retrieve Errors. 192

Table 338: RNG Seed Errors. 192

Table 339: HASH Errors. 192

Table 340: Create Split Key Errors. 193

Table 341: Join Split Key Errors. 193

Table 342: Batch Items Errors. 194

Table 343: Attribute Cross-reference. 199

Table 344: Tag Cross-reference. 205

Table 345: Operation and Object Cross-reference. 207

 

Appendix G. Revision History

 

Revision

Date

Editor

Changes Made

3b

Dec 2, 2015

Tony Cox

  • Editorial changes to Table 179
    • Added PGP Key
    • Removed “Cryptographic”

3a

Nov 19, 2015

Tony Cox

Kiran K Thota

  • Updated based on feedback wd03 feedback
  • Error corrections

3

Nov 19, 2015

Tony Cox

Kiran K Thota

  • Incorporated TC wording feedback as minuted.
  • Rolled in pending errata
  • Corrected various section ordering issues.
  • Addressed outstanding comments from previous draft.

2

Feb 13, 2015

Kiran K Thota

Incorporate Mark’s proposal to add Server-to-Client operations:

  • Query Server Information (for Query).
  • Discover Versions

1

Jan 26, 2015

Kiran K Thota,

Tony Cox

Import KMIP Specification 1.2 COS into 1.3 template. Add the following proposals:

       Extend Locate to support Offset + Limit

       Add generic Transparent EC key format type

       Add OneTimePad Cryptographic Algorithm

       Query Extensions

       Query RNGs

       Query Validations

       Query Profiles

       Query Capabilities

       Query Client Registration Method

       Query – Server to Client (copy of Client to Server Query with adjustments)

       RNG Attribute

       Deprecate Templates

       Deprecate Operational Policy

       Deprecate algorithm-specific Transparent EC Key Types

Incorporate feedback from interop plug fest from Tim Hudson, Tony Cox.